[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025020923A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025020923A1
WO2025020923A1 PCT/CN2024/104663 CN2024104663W WO2025020923A1 WO 2025020923 A1 WO2025020923 A1 WO 2025020923A1 CN 2024104663 W CN2024104663 W CN 2024104663W WO 2025020923 A1 WO2025020923 A1 WO 2025020923A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ssb
information
network device
configuration information
smtc
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2024/104663
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
汪宇
罗禾佳
李科新
张经纬
王晓鲁
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Publication of WO2025020923A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025020923A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0083Determination of parameters used for hand-off, e.g. generation or modification of neighbour cell lists
    • H04W36/0085Hand-off measurements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signalling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08Reselecting an access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/24Reselection being triggered by specific parameters

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • a terminal device can perform signal measurement based on a signal sent by a network device, thereby achieving initial access, cell switching, and cell reselection. For example, a terminal device can select a network device with a larger signal strength for access and/or resource allocation by measuring the signal strength of a cell defined synchronization signal block (CD-SSB) and a non-cell defined SSB (NCD-SSB).
  • CD-SSB cell defined synchronization signal block
  • NCD-SSB non-cell defined SSB
  • the terminal device may frequently measure the signal strength, increasing the power consumption of the terminal device, and the CD-SSB pattern is fixed, and the interference between CD-SSB and/or NCD-SSB is serious, which may affect the accuracy of signal measurement.
  • the present application provides a communication method and apparatus, which can enable a terminal device to better access a network device and improve the communication performance between the terminal device and the network device.
  • a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or by a component of the terminal device, such as a processor, chip, or chip system of the terminal device, or by a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the terminal device.
  • the method includes: the terminal device receives a first broadcast message from a first network device; determines a first handover synchronization signal block (handover SSB, HO-SSB) of the first network device and configuration information of the first HO-SSB according to the first broadcast message, and determines the first SSB of the first network device according to the configuration information of the first HO-SSB; or, determines the configuration information of the first HO-SSB and the first HO-SSB, and the configuration information of the first SSB and the first SSB according to the first broadcast message; and accesses the first network device according to the first SSB.
  • handover SSB handover synchronization signal block
  • the first broadcast message includes one or more SSBs and configuration information of one or more SSBs; the first SSB is used to access the first network device, the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management, the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB, and the first HO-SSB mode is not fixed and can be dynamically scheduled.
  • the terminal device can obtain the first HO-SSB through the first broadcast information. Since the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB, and the period of the first HO-SSB can be non-fixed and the value range of the period can be wider, the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the SSB can be reduced, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device. At the same time, since the SSB mode of the first HO-SSB is not fixed, the interference between the first HO-SSBs can be reduced, and the accuracy of the measurement results of the signal strength measurement performed by the terminal device based on the first HO-SSB can be improved.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device initially accesses the first network device, the terminal device can obtain the first SSB according to the above method, and then access the first network device according to the first SSB.
  • the terminal device determines the network device to be accessed according to the cell switching/cell reselection conditions, due to the improvement in the accuracy of the signal strength of the first HO-SSB measured by the terminal device, it can be more accurately determined whether the cell switching/cell reselection conditions are met based on the more accurate measurement results, thereby improving the effectiveness of the cell switching/cell reselection, better access to the first network device, and improving the communication performance between the terminal device and the first network device.
  • the configuration information of the first SSB includes one or more of the following: SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, quasi co-location (QCL) information, whether associated with system information block 1 (SIB1), time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first random access channel occasion (RO) resource information, or first indication information; wherein, the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency domain, the QCL information is used to indicate the beam associated with the SSB, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB; the first RO resource is used to indicate the RO resource of the first network device.
  • SIB1 system information block 1
  • SIB1 system information block 1
  • time domain information of SSB time domain information of SSB
  • frequency domain information of SSB frequency domain information of SSB
  • polarization domain information of SSB first random
  • the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first SSB according to the SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, polarization domain information of the SSB and the first indication information, and then realize initial access, cell switching or cell reselection; when associated with SIB1, the terminal device can access the first network device according to SIB1; the terminal device can determine the time and frequency resources for accessing the first network device according to the first RO resource information, and avoid occupying the same time and frequency resources with other signals as much as possible, which can effectively improve the reliability of communication.
  • the configuration information of the first HO-SSB includes one or more of the following: first SSB-based measurement timing configuration (SMTC) information, SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, QCL, whether associated with SIB1, SSB time domain information, SSB frequency domain information, SSB polarization domain information, first RO resource information, or first indication information; wherein the first SMTC information includes one or more of the following: location or time triggered reselection measurement, measurement priority , reference point position, SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the first network device, or signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB; the measurement priority is used to indicate the measurement order of different neighboring cells/frequencies, and the reference point position is used for position-triggered measurement; the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB
  • the terminal device can determine that the terminal device can measure the signal strength at a certain position or time period according to the reselection measurement triggered by the position or time in the first SMTC, and determine that the measurement result meets the cell reselection condition; the terminal device can measure the neighboring area/frequency point with high priority first and then measure the neighboring area/frequency point with low priority according to the measurement priority; when the distance between the position of the terminal device and the position of one or more reference points meets the given conditions, the measurement can be triggered; the terminal device can determine the relevant information of the first HO-SSB according to the SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, and the SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, and then obtain the first HO-SSB; the terminal device can determine the position of the first network device according to the ephemeris information of the first network device; the terminal device can choose to access other network devices according to the signal strength of the first SMTC
  • the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB based on the SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, polarization domain information of the SSB and the first indication information, and then realize initial access, cell switching or cell reselection; when associated with SIB1, the terminal device can access the first network device according to SIB1; the terminal device can determine the time and frequency resources for accessing the first network device based on the first RO resource information, and avoid occupying the same time and frequency resources with other signals as much as possible, which can effectively improve the reliability of communication.
  • the terminal device determines that the SSB is the first HO-SSB: 4, 8, or 64; or, when the SSB mode of the SSB is not a preset SSB mode, the terminal device determines that the SSB is the first HO-SSB; or, when the polarization domain information of the SSB is a preset polarization direction, such as left-hand circular polarization or right-hand circular polarization, the terminal device determines that the SSB is the first HO-SSB; or, when the first indication information in the configuration information of the SSB indicates that the SSB is the first HO-SSB, the terminal device determines that the SSB is the first HO-SSB.
  • the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB according to the value of the SSB index in the configuration information of the SSB, the SSB mode is not the preset SSB mode, the polarization domain information of the SSB is the preset circular polarization, and the first indication information. Furthermore, the terminal device can obtain the first SSB according to the configuration information of the first HO-SSB, and can access the first network device according to the first SSB; or, the terminal device can determine that the conditions for cell switching/cell reselection are met by measuring the signal strength of the first HO-SSB, and access a network device with higher signal strength, thereby improving the communication performance of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines that the SSB is the first SSB: 4, 8, or 64; or, when the SSB mode of the SSB is a preset SSB mode, the terminal device determines that the SSB is the first SSB; or, when the polarization domain information of the SSB is a preset circular polarization, such as left-hand circular polarization or right-hand circular polarization, the terminal device determines that the SSB is the first SSB; when the first indication information in the configuration information of the SSB determines that the SSB is the first SSB, the terminal device determines that the SSB is the first SSB.
  • the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first SSB according to the value of the SSB index in the configuration information of the SSB, the SSB mode is the preset SSB mode, the polarization domain information of the SSB is the preset circular polarization, and the first indication information. Furthermore, the terminal device can access the first network device according to the first SSB.
  • the terminal device determines the first SSB based on one or more of the following information in the configuration information of the first HO-SSB: time domain information of the first HO-SSB, frequency domain information of the first HO-SSB, or polarization domain information of the first HO-SSB.
  • the terminal device can determine the first HO-SSB according to the configuration information of the first HO-SSB, so that the first network device no longer needs to send the first SSB and the configuration information of the first SSB additionally, which can reduce overhead and save resources.
  • the terminal device receives the second broadcast information from the first network device; obtains the second HO-SSB and the configuration information of the second HO-SSB according to the second SMTC information; obtains the second SSB of the second network device when determining to perform cell reselection/cell switching according to the signal strength of the second HO-SSB; and accesses the second network device according to the second SSB based on the second RO resource information.
  • the second broadcast information includes the second SMTC information and the second RO resource information, the second SMTC information is used to indicate the second HO-SSB of the second network device, and the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management; the second SSB is used for accessing the second network device and mobility management, and the period of the second HO-SSB is greater than the period of the second SSB; the second RO resource information is used to indicate the switching-dedicated RO resource of the second network device.
  • the terminal device can obtain the second HO-SSB and the configuration information of the second HO-SSB according to the second SMTC in the second broadcast information.
  • the period of the second HO-SSB is greater than the period of the second SSB, and the period of the second HO-SSB is longer, that is, it can reach seconds or even hundreds of seconds, which can reduce the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the second HO-SSB and reduce the power consumption of the terminal device; and the SSB mode of the second HO-SSB is not fixed and the scheduling is flexible, which can reduce the interference between the second HO-SSBs and improve the accuracy of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the second HO-SSB; further, the terminal device can more accurately determine that the measurement result meets the conditions for cell reselection/cell switching, which can improve the effectiveness of cell reselection/cell switching; at the same time, the terminal device can access the second network device according to the second SSB based on the RO resource information, which can
  • the terminal device obtains the second SSB based on one or more of the following information in the configuration information of the second HO-SSB: time domain information of the second HO-SSB, frequency domain information of the second HO-SSB, or polarization domain information of the second HO-SSB; or, receives third broadcast information from the second network device; wherein the third broadcast information includes the configuration information of the second SSB and the second SSB.
  • the terminal device can actively acquire the second SSB according to the time domain information, frequency shift information, and polarization domain information in the configuration information of the second HO-SSB, so that the second network device no longer needs to send the second SSB and the configuration information of the second SSB, thereby reducing overhead and saving resources; or, after determining the second network device that meets the cell reselection conditions, the terminal device can also acquire the second SSB through the third broadcast information, which can ensure that the terminal device acquires the second SSB as much as possible and improve the reliability of communication.
  • a terminal device receives one or more SSBs and radio resource control (ratio resource control, RRC) configuration information associated with each SSB from a first network device; and sends a measurement result and location information of the terminal device to the first network device.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: a first SSB or a first HO-SSB; the RRC configuration information associated with the first SSB includes configuration information of the first SSB, and the RRC configuration information associated with the first HO-SSB includes configuration information of the first HO-SSB; the measurement result is used to indicate one or more of the following: a signal strength of the first SSB or a signal strength of the first HO-SSB; the signal strength includes one or more of the following: reference signal received power (reference signal received power, RSRP), reference signal received quality (reference signal received quality, RSRQ), and signal to interference plus noise ratio (signal to interference plus noise ratio, SINR).
  • RSRP reference signal received power
  • RSRQ reference signal received quality
  • SINR signal to interference plus noise ratio
  • the terminal device when the terminal device accesses the first network device, the terminal device can receive the first HO-SSB and the RRC configuration information associated with the first HO-SSB from the first network device through the RRC connection. Since the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB, and the period of the first HO-SSB can be non-fixed and the value range of the period can be wider, the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the SSB can be reduced, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the interference between the first HO-SSBs can be reduced, and the accuracy of the measurement results of the signal strength measurement performed by the terminal device based on the first HO-SSB is improved.
  • the terminal device sends the location information of the terminal device to the first network device, so that the first network device can determine the location of the terminal device, and send the location information of the terminal device to the second network device. Further, the second network device can know the location of the terminal device, and can more effectively exchange information with the terminal device, thereby improving the communication quality.
  • the terminal device performs downlink synchronization with the second network device according to the second HO-SSB.
  • the SSB mode of the second HO-SSB is not fixed, which can reduce interference between the second HO-SSBs and/or the first SSB.
  • the terminal device achieves downlink synchronization with the second network device according to the second HO-SSB, which can improve the reliability of communication between the terminal device and the second network device.
  • the terminal device receives timing information from the second network device according to the second SMTC information; and is further configured to perform uplink synchronization with the second network device according to the timing information.
  • the period of the second HO-SSB is long, and the second SMTC is a measurement timing configuration for measuring the second HO-SSB.
  • the terminal device does not need to frequently receive the second SMTC, which can reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine the position of the second network device based on the ephemeris information and other information of the second network device in the second SMTC information, and receive timing information from the second network device, so that the terminal device can achieve uplink synchronization with the second network device.
  • a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a first network device, or by a component of the first network device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the first network device, or by a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the first network device.
  • the method includes: the first network device sends a first broadcast message; wherein the first broadcast message includes one or more SSBs and configuration information of each SSB; the one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: the first SSB of the first network device, or the first HO-SSB of the first network device, the first SSB is used to access the first network device, the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management, the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB, and the first HO-SSB mode is not fixed and can be dynamically scheduled; the configuration information of the SSB includes one or more of the following: the configuration information of the first SSB, or the configuration information of the first HO-SSB.
  • the terminal device can obtain the first HO-SSB through the first broadcast information. Since the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB, and the period of the first HO-SSB can be non-fixed, and the value range of the period can be large, the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the SSB can be reduced, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device. At the same time, since the SSB mode of the first HO-SSB is not fixed, the interference between the first HO-SSBs can be reduced, and the accuracy of the measurement result of the signal strength measurement performed by the terminal device according to the first HO-SSB is improved.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device initially accesses the first network device, the terminal device can obtain the first SSB according to the above method, and then access the first network device according to the first SSB.
  • the terminal device determines the network device to be accessed according to the cell switching/cell reselection conditions, due to the improvement in the accuracy of the signal strength of the first HO-SSB measured by the terminal device, it can be more accurately determined whether the cell switching/cell reselection conditions are met based on the more accurate measurement results, thereby improving the effectiveness of the cell switching/cell reselection, enabling the terminal device to better access the first network device, and improving the communication performance between the terminal device and the first network device.
  • the configuration information of the first SSB includes one or more of the following: SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, QCL information, whether associated with SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information; wherein, the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency domain, the QCL information is used to indicate the beam associated with the SSB, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB; the first RO resource is used to indicate the RO resource of the first network device.
  • the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first SSB according to the SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, polarization domain information of the SSB and the first indication information, and then realize initial access, cell switching or cell reselection; when associated with SIB1, the terminal device can access the first network device according to SIB1; the terminal device can determine the time and frequency resources for accessing the first network device according to the first RO resource information, and avoid occupying the same time and frequency resources with other signals as much as possible, which can effectively improve the reliability of communication.
  • the configuration information of the first HO-SSB includes one or more of the following: first SSB-based SMTC information, SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, QCL, whether associated with SIB1, SSB time domain information, SSB frequency domain information, SSB polarization domain information, first RO resource information, or first indication information; wherein the first SMTC information includes one or more of the following: position or time triggered reselection measurement, measurement priority, reference point position, SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the first network device, or signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB; the measurement priority is used to indicate the measurement order of different neighboring cells/frequencies, and the reference point position is used to indicate position triggered measurement; the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and
  • the terminal device can determine that the terminal device can measure the signal strength at a certain position or time period according to the reselection measurement triggered by the position or time in the first SMTC, and determine that the measurement result meets the cell reselection condition; the terminal device can measure the neighboring area/frequency point with high priority first and then measure the neighboring area/frequency point with low priority according to the measurement priority; when the distance between the position of the terminal device and the position of one or more reference points meets the given conditions, the measurement can be triggered; the terminal device can determine the relevant information of the first HO-SSB according to the SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, and the SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, and then obtain the first HO-SSB; the terminal device can determine the position of the first network device according to the ephemeris information of the first network device; the terminal device can choose to access other network devices according to the signal strength of the first SMTC
  • a first network device sends first configuration information to a second network device; wherein the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: an SMTC period associated with a first HO-SSB, an SMTC duration associated with a first HO-SSB, an SMTC offset associated with a first HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the first network device, first RO resource information, a radio network temporary identifier (RNTI), or access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; the first RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the first network device, and the RNTI is used to partition different terminal devices.
  • the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: an SMTC period associated with a first HO-SSB, an SMTC duration associated with a first HO-SSB, an SMTC offset associated with a first HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the first network device, first RO resource information, a radio network temporary identifier (RNTI), or access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods;
  • the first network device sends the first configuration information to the second network device, so that the second network device can determine the first SMTC based on the first configuration information. Further, the second network device can send the first SMTC to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines the first HO-SSB based on the first SMTC.
  • the terminal device can measure the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and select a network device with higher signal strength to access, which can improve communication performance.
  • the first network device receives second configuration information from the second network device; and determines the second SMTC information according to the second configuration information.
  • the second configuration information includes one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the second HO-SSB of the second network device, the SMTC duration associated with the second HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the second HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the second network device, the second RO resource information, RNTI, or the access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management; the second SMTC information is used to indicate the second HO-SSB of the second network device, and the second RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the second network device.
  • the second network device can determine the second SMTC according to the second configuration information. Further, the first network device can send the second SMTC to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines the second HO-SSB according to the second SMTC. The terminal device can measure the signal strength of the second HO-SSB and select a network device with higher signal strength to access, thereby improving communication performance.
  • the first network device sends second broadcast information; wherein the second broadcast information is used to indicate second SMTC information and second RO resource information.
  • the first network device sends the second broadcast information, which can enable the terminal device to obtain the second HO-SSB and the configuration information of the second HO-SSB according to the second SMTC in the second broadcast information. Since the period of the second HO-SSB is greater than the period of the second SSB, and the period of the second HO-SSB is relatively long, i.e., it can reach seconds or even hundreds of seconds, the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the SSB can be reduced, and the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced.
  • the interference between the second HO-SSBs can be reduced, and the accuracy of the measurement results of the signal strength measurement performed by the terminal device according to the second HO-SSB can be improved; further, the terminal device can more accurately determine that the measurement results meet the conditions for cell reselection/cell switching, which can improve the effectiveness of cell reselection/cell switching.
  • the first network device sends one or more SSBs and RRC configuration information associated with each SSB to the terminal device; wherein the one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: a first SSB, or a first HO-SSB; the RRC configuration information associated with the first SSB includes configuration information of the first SSB, and the RRC configuration information associated with the first HO-SSB includes configuration information of the first HO-SSB.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device accesses the first network device, the terminal device can receive the first HO-SSB and the RRC configuration information associated with the first HO-SSB from the first network device through the RRC connection. Since the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB, and the period of the first HO-SSB can be non-fixed, and the value range of the period can be large, the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the SSB can be reduced, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the interference between the first HO-SSBs can be reduced, and the accuracy of the measurement results of the signal strength measurement performed by the terminal device based on the first HO-SSB is improved.
  • the first network device sends third configuration information to the second network device; wherein the third configuration information includes one or more of the following: a first HO-SSB mode, time domain information of the first HO-SSB, frequency information of the first HO-SSB, polarization domain information of the first HO-SSB, a first HO-SSB cycle, or a first HO-SSB duration.
  • the third configuration information includes one or more of the following: a first HO-SSB mode, time domain information of the first HO-SSB, frequency information of the first HO-SSB, polarization domain information of the first HO-SSB, a first HO-SSB cycle, or a first HO-SSB duration.
  • the first network device sends the third configuration information to the second network device, so that the second network device can determine the resources occupied by the first HO-SSB according to the third configuration information. Furthermore, the second network device can adjust the resources occupied by the second HO-SSB according to the third configuration information to avoid interference between the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB as much as possible, thereby improving the reliability of communication. At the same time, the terminal device can more accurately measure the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB, and promptly access the network device with better signal strength, thereby reducing the mobile interruption delay.
  • the first network device receives fourth configuration information from the second network device; and adjusts the time-frequency resources occupied by the first HO-SSB according to the fourth configuration information.
  • the fourth configuration information includes one or more of the following: a second HO-SSB mode of the second network device, time domain information of the second HO-SSB, frequency point information of the second HO-SSB, polarization domain information of the second HO-SSB, a second HO-SSB period, or a second HO-SSB duration; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management.
  • the first network device can determine the resources occupied by the second HO-SSB according to the fourth configuration information. Further, the first network device can adjust the resources occupied by the first HO-SSB according to the fourth configuration information to avoid interference between the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB as much as possible, thereby improving the reliability of communication. At the same time, the terminal device can more accurately measure the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB, timely access the network device with better signal strength, and reduce the mobile interruption delay.
  • a communication method which can be executed by a second network device, or by a component of the second network device, such as a processor, chip, or chip system of the second network device, or by a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the second network device.
  • the method includes: the second network device receives first configuration information from the first network device; and determines first SMTC information according to the first configuration information.
  • the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB of the first network device, the SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the first network device, the first RO resource information, RNTI, or the access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; RNTI is used to partition different terminal devices; the first RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the first network device; the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management; the first SMTC information is used to indicate the first HO-SSB of the first network device.
  • the second network device can determine the first SMTC based on the first configuration information from the first network device. Further, the second network device can send the first SMTC to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines the first HO-SSB based on the first SMTC. The terminal device can measure the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and select a network device with better signal strength to access, thereby improving communication performance.
  • the second network device sends second configuration information to the first network device; wherein the second configuration information includes one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the second HO-SSB of the second network device, the SMTC duration associated with the second HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the second HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the second network device, the second RO resource information, RNTI, or access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; the second RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the second network device, and the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management.
  • the second configuration information includes one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the second HO-SSB of the second network device, the SMTC duration associated with the second HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the second HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the second network device, the second RO resource information, RNTI, or access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; the second RO resource information is used to indicate
  • the second network device can send the second configuration information to the first network device, so that the first network device can determine the second SMTC. Further, the first network device can send the second SMTC to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can determine the second HO-SSB based on the second SMTC. The terminal device can measure the signal strength of the second HO-SSB and select a network device with higher signal strength to access, thereby improving communication performance.
  • the second network device receives third configuration information from the first network device; and adjusts the time-frequency resources occupied by the second HO-SSB according to the third configuration information.
  • the third configuration information includes one or more of the following: the first HO-SSB mode, the time domain information of the first HO-SSB, the frequency point information of the first HO-SSB, the polarization domain information of the first HO-SSB, the first HO-SSB period, or the first HO-SSB duration.
  • the second network device can determine the resources occupied by the first HO-SSB according to the third configuration information. Further, the second network device can adjust the resources occupied by the second HO-SSB according to the third configuration information to avoid interference between the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB as much as possible and improve the reliability of communication; at the same time, the terminal device can more accurately measure the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB, timely access to the network device with better signal strength, and reduce the mobile interruption delay.
  • the second network device sends fourth configuration information to the first network device; wherein the fourth configuration information includes one or more of the following: a second HO-SSB mode of the second network device, time domain information of the second HO-SSB, frequency information of the second HO-SSB, polarization domain information of the second HO-SSB, a second HO-SSB period, or a second HO-SSB duration; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management; at the same time, the terminal device can access the first network device, reduce mobile interruption delay, and improve communication performance.
  • the second network device sends the fourth configuration information to the first network device, so that the first network device can determine the resources occupied by the second HO-SSB according to the fourth configuration information. Furthermore, the first network device can adjust the resources occupied by the first HO-SSB according to the fourth configuration information to avoid interference between the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB as much as possible, thereby improving the reliability of communication. At the same time, the terminal device can more accurately measure the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB, and promptly access the network device with better signal strength, thereby reducing the mobile interruption delay.
  • the second network device performs downlink synchronization with the terminal device according to the second HO-SSB.
  • the SSB mode of the second HO-SSB is not fixed, which can reduce the interference between the second HO-SSBs.
  • the second network device implements downlink synchronization with the terminal device according to the second HO-SSB, which can improve the reliability of communication between the terminal device and the second network device.
  • the second network device sends timing information to the terminal device according to the second SMTC information, and performs uplink synchronization with the terminal device according to the timing information.
  • the second SMTC information is used to indicate the second HO-SSB of the second network device; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management.
  • the period of the second HO-SSB is long, and the second SMTC is a measurement timing configuration for measuring the second HO-SSB.
  • the terminal device does not need to frequently receive the second SMTC, which can reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the second network device sends timing information to the terminal device, which can enable the second network device to achieve uplink synchronization with the terminal device.
  • a communication device for implementing the communication method described in the first aspect.
  • the communication device may be the terminal device described in the first aspect, or a device or component included in the terminal device, such as a chip.
  • the communication device includes a module, unit, or means corresponding to the above method, which can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, which are respectively used to implement the sending and receiving functions in the first aspect and any possible implementation thereof.
  • the processing module may be used to implement the processing functions in the first aspect and any possible implementation thereof.
  • the transceiver module is used to receive the first broadcast information from the first network device.
  • the processing module is used to determine the first handover synchronization signal block (handover SSB, HO-SSB) of the first network device and the configuration information of the first HO-SSB according to the first broadcast information, and determine the first SSB of the first network device according to the configuration information of the first HO-SSB; or, determine the configuration information of the first HO-SSB and the first HO-SSB, and the configuration information of the first SSB and the first SSB according to the first broadcast information; wherein the first SSB is used to access the first network device, the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management, and the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB.
  • the transceiver module is also used to access the first network device according to the first SSB.
  • the transceiver module and processing module of the communication device in the fourth aspect can also perform corresponding functions in any possible implementation of the first aspect mentioned above. Please refer to the detailed description in the method example for details. The beneficial effects that can be achieved can also be referred to the aforementioned related content.
  • a communication device for implementing the communication method described in the second aspect.
  • the communication device may be the first network device in the second aspect, or a device or component included in the first network device, such as a chip.
  • the communication device includes a module, unit, or means corresponding to the above method, which can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, which are respectively used to implement the sending and receiving functions in the above-mentioned second aspect and any possible implementation thereof.
  • the processing module may be used to implement the processing functions in the above-mentioned second aspect and any possible implementation thereof.
  • the transceiver module is used to send the first broadcast information; wherein the first broadcast information includes one or more SSBs and configuration information of each SSB; the one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: the first SSB of the first network device, or the first HO-SSB of the first network device, the first SSB is used to access the first network device, the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management, and the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB; the configuration information of the SSB includes one or more of the following: configuration information of the first SSB, or configuration information of the first HO-SSB.
  • the transceiver module and processing module of the communication device in the fifth aspect can also perform the corresponding functions in any possible implementation of the second aspect mentioned above. Please refer to the detailed description in the method example for details. The beneficial effects that can be achieved can also be referred to the aforementioned related content.
  • a communication device for implementing the communication method described in the third aspect.
  • the communication device may be the second network device in the third aspect, or a device or component included in the second network device, such as a chip.
  • the communication device includes a module, unit, or means corresponding to the above method, which can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, which are respectively used to implement the sending and receiving functions of the third aspect and any possible implementation thereof.
  • the processing module may be used to implement the processing functions of the third aspect and any possible implementation thereof.
  • the transceiver module is used to receive first configuration information from a first network device; wherein the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: an SMTC period associated with a first HO-SSB of the first network device, an SMTC duration associated with a first HO-SSB, an SMTC offset associated with a first HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the first network device, first RO resource information, RNTI, or access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; RNTI is used to partition different terminal devices; the first RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the first network device; the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management; the first SMTC information is used to indicate the first HO-SSB of the first network device.
  • the processing module is used to determine the first SMTC information according to the first configuration information.
  • the transceiver module and processing module of the communication device in the sixth aspect can also perform corresponding functions in any possible implementation of the third aspect mentioned above. Please refer to the detailed description in the method example for details. The beneficial effects that can be achieved can also be referred to the aforementioned related content.
  • a communication device comprising: at least one processor, the processor being used to execute computer instructions stored in a memory or through a logic circuit, so that the communication device performs the communication method described in any one of the above aspects or any possible implementation of any one of the aspects.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, or a device or component included in the terminal device, such as a chip; or the communication device may be a first network device in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, or a device or component included in the first network device, such as a chip; or a second network device in the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, or a device or component included in the second network device, such as a chip.
  • the communication device further includes a memory for storing computer instructions and/or configuration files of logic circuits.
  • the memory is integrated with the processor, or the memory is independent of the processor.
  • a communication device comprising: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is used to input and/or output signals; the processor is used to execute a computer program or instruction so that the communication device performs the communication method described in any of the above aspects.
  • the communication device can be a terminal device in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, or a device or component included in the terminal device, such as a chip; or the communication device can be a first network device in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, or a device or component included in the first network device, such as a chip; or a second network device in the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, or a device or component included in the second network device, such as a chip.
  • the communication interface is an interface circuit for reading and writing computer instructions.
  • the interface circuit is used to receive computer execution instructions (computer execution instructions are stored in a memory, may be read directly from the memory, or may pass through other devices) and transmit them to the processor.
  • the communication interface is used to communicate with a module outside the communication device.
  • the communication device may be a chip or a chip system.
  • the chip system may include a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • a communication device comprising: a logic circuit and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is used to input information and/or output information; the logic circuit is used to execute the communication method described in any of the above aspects, and process and/or generate output information according to the input information.
  • the communication device can be a terminal device in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, or a device or component included in the terminal device, such as a chip; or the communication device can be a first network device in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, or a device or component included in the first network device, such as a chip; or a second network device in the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, or a device or component included in the second network device, such as a chip.
  • a computer-readable storage medium in which a computer program or instruction is stored.
  • the computer program or instruction is executed by a processor, the communication method described in any of the above aspects is executed.
  • a computer program product which, when executed by a processor, enables the communication method described in any of the above aspects to be executed.
  • the communication device provided in any one of the fourth to ninth aspects is a chip
  • the above-mentioned sending action/function can be understood as output information
  • the above-mentioned receiving action/function can be understood as input information.
  • the technical effects brought about by any implementation method in the fourth to eleventh aspects can refer to the technical effects brought about by the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, or refer to the technical effects brought about by the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, or refer to the technical effects brought about by the above-mentioned third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, and will not be repeated here.
  • a communication system which includes the terminal device described in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the first network device described in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation of the fifth aspect; or, the communication system may also include the second network device described in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation of the sixth aspect.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a satellite communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between beams and cells provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a group switching in a satellite system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG4 is a flowchart of a cell switching provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a cell synchronization signal block and a non-cell synchronization signal block provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG9 is a schematic diagram of different synchronization signal block periods provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG10 is a schematic diagram of a different synchronization signal block service area provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG11 is a flowchart of a cell reselection provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG12 is a flowchart of another cell switching provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG13 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG14 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a first network device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG15 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a second network device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG16 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • plural means two or more than two.
  • At least one of the following or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single items or plural items.
  • at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple.
  • words such as “first” and “second” are used to distinguish the same items or similar items with substantially the same functions and effects. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as “first” and “second” do not limit the quantity and execution order, and words such as “first” and “second” do not necessarily limit the difference.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used to indicate examples, illustrations or descriptions. Any embodiment or design described as “exemplary” or “for example” in the embodiments of the present application should not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or designs. Specifically, the use of words such as “exemplary” or “for example” is intended to present related concepts in a concrete way for easy understanding.
  • NTN Non-terrestrial networks
  • NTN is widely used in many fields such as maritime communications, positioning and navigation, disaster relief, scientific experiments, video broadcasting and earth observation. At the same time, it has significant advantages such as global coverage, long-distance transmission, flexible networking, convenient deployment and no geographical restrictions.
  • NTN can include one or more of the following: satellite network, high-altitude platform, drone.
  • the fifth-generation (5G) terrestrial communication network and the satellite network can be integrated with each other to complement each other and jointly form a global integrated communication network with seamless coverage by sea, land, air, space or ground, so as to meet the various business needs of ubiquitous terminal devices as much as possible.
  • 5G fifth-generation
  • satellite network can be integrated with each other to complement each other and jointly form a global integrated communication network with seamless coverage by sea, land, air, space or ground, so as to meet the various business needs of ubiquitous terminal devices as much as possible.
  • one of the important components of NTN is a satellite network, which may include one or more of the following trends: ultra-dense, or heterogeneous.
  • super-dense can be manifested as: the scale of the satellite network has grown from 66 satellites in the Iridium constellation to 720 satellites in the OneWeb constellation, and can be extended to the Starlink super-dense low earth orbit (LEO) satellite constellation of 12,000+.
  • LEO Starlink super-dense low earth orbit
  • heterogeneity can be manifested as: from the traditional single-layer communication network to the multi-layer communication network.
  • the functions of the communication satellite network are also becoming more complex and diversified, gradually becoming compatible with and supporting functions such as navigation enhancement, earth observation, and in-orbit processing of multi-dimensional information.
  • Satellite communication systems can be divided into staring satellite communication systems and non-staring satellite communication systems according to the working mode of the payload (beam).
  • the range covered by the satellite beam may change as the satellite moves.
  • the satellite in a staring satellite communication system, within a period of time (such as time T1, time T2, and time T3), the satellite can dynamically adjust the beam pointing so that the beam approximately covers the same area on the ground.
  • Staring satellite communication systems and non-staring satellite communication systems can be collectively referred to as beam-hopping satellite communication systems.
  • the standard defines the mapping relationship between beams and cells in static scenarios: single beam-single cell configuration and multi-beam-single cell configuration.
  • each beam of the network device covers a separate cell.
  • multiple beams of the network device cover one cell.
  • the movement of network devices causes the mapping relationship between beams, cells, and beam positions to change dynamically.
  • satellites may use different physical community identifier (PCI) sets to cover the wave positions served by the satellite.
  • PCI physical community identifier
  • satellites can trigger frequent PCI changes, which will further cause terminal devices to perform cell switching/cell reselection.
  • mobility management may include cell switching, cell reselection, registration update and tracking area update.
  • the movement of the satellite may cause group switching (mainly applicable to connected terminal devices) or group reselection (mainly applicable to idle terminal devices) of terminal devices within a certain beam position.
  • the service area of the satellite network can be divided into multiple small geographical areas according to the geographical location, and each geographical area is called a wave position.
  • UE-G user equipment cluster
  • Zone-2 UE-G1
  • UE-G1 contains multiple UEs
  • one or more beams of satellite-2 serve UE-G1; during time T2, due to the movement of SAT-2, SAT-2 cannot serve this beam position, and one or more beams of satellite-1 (SAT-1) can take over SAT-2 to serve UE-G1.
  • UE-G1 has undergone group switching.
  • the frequency of group switching of UE clusters is about every few seconds to tens of seconds. It is understandable that in beam-hopping satellite communication systems, group switching caused by satellite movement becomes the norm, while in terrestrial networks, cell switching is mainly caused by terminal device movement.
  • FIG. 4 An exemplary NR/NTN cell switching process may be shown in FIG. 4 below, and the specific steps may be:
  • the first network device sends an RRC connection reconfiguration message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the RRC Reconfiguration message from the first network device.
  • the RRC Reconfiguration message may include measurement configuration (measure configuration, MC) of multiple network devices (which may include a first network device and a second network device), and MC can be used by the terminal device to measure the signal strength of multiple network devices.
  • measurement configuration measure configuration, MC
  • MC can be used by the terminal device to measure the signal strength of multiple network devices.
  • the terminal device sends a radio resource control connection reconfiguration completion (RRC Reconfiguration Complete) message to the first network device; correspondingly, the first network device receives the RRC Reconfiguration Complete message from the terminal device.
  • RRC Reconfiguration Complete radio resource control connection reconfiguration completion
  • the RRC Reconfiguration Complete message is used to indicate that the terminal device has received the RRC Reconfiguration from the first network device.
  • the terminal device measures the signal strength of different network devices according to the measurement configuration in the RRC Reconfiguration message, and sends the measurement result to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the measurement result from the terminal device.
  • the signal strength may include one or more of the following: RSRP, RSRQ, or SINR.
  • the terminal device reports the measurement result to the first network device, and the reporting method can be periodic reporting or event-triggered reporting, without limitation.
  • the reporting condition is usually that the signal quality of the first network device is less than the first preset threshold and/or the signal quality of the second network device is greater than the second preset threshold.
  • the first preset threshold and the second preset threshold may be determined according to actual communication scenarios or actual communication requirements.
  • the first network device makes a switching decision according to the measurement result.
  • the first network device determines the second network device that can perform cell switching according to the measurement result.
  • the signal strength of the second network device that can perform cell switching is higher; or, there are fewer terminal devices within the coverage range of the second network device that can perform cell switching; or, the signal strength of the second network device that can perform cell switching is higher and there are fewer terminal devices within the coverage range, and no restriction is imposed.
  • the first network device sends a handover request (HANDOVER REQUEST) to the second network device; correspondingly, the second network device receives the HANDOVER REQUEST from the first network device.
  • HANDOVER REQUEST a handover request
  • HANDOVER REQUEST may include context information, admission control and reserved resources related to cell switching of the terminal device.
  • S406 The second network device generates an admission control.
  • the access control is used to instruct the second network device to allow the terminal device to access.
  • the second network device sends a handover request reply (HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE) to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE from the first network device.
  • HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE is used to respond to the HANDOVER REQUEST from the first network device.
  • the first network device sends an RRC Reconfiguration message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the RRC Reconfiguration message from the first network device.
  • the RRC Reconfiguration message in S408 carries handover (HO) resources, which are used to indicate the second network device that the terminal device can access.
  • the terminal device can obtain the control information of the second network device.
  • HO handover
  • the first network device sends a sequence number status transfer (SN STATUS TRANSFER) to the second network device; correspondingly, the second network device receives the SN STATUS TRANSFER from the first network device.
  • SN STATUS TRANSFER sequence number status transfer
  • the first network device forwards data of the terminal device for cell switching to the second network device.
  • the terminal device sends message 1 (Message 1, MSG1) to the second network device.
  • the second network device receives MSG1 from the first network device.
  • MSG1 may include random access information, and the terminal device accesses the second network device according to the random access process.
  • the second network device sends Message 2 (Message 2, MSG2) to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives MSG2 from the second network device.
  • MSG2 includes a random access response, which is used to indicate that the second network device receives MSG1 from the terminal device, and the terminal device accesses the second network device.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC Reconfiguration Complete message to the second network device.
  • the second network device receives the RRC Reconfiguration Complete message from the terminal device.
  • the second network device can send downlink data to the terminal device, and the terminal device can send uplink data to the second network device, thereby realizing information interaction between the terminal device and the second network device.
  • the second network device sends a channel switching request (PATH SWITCH REQUEST) to the Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF) network element.
  • PATH SWITCH REQUEST a channel switching request
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • the AMF network element is used to manage the access and mobility of terminal devices, and is mainly responsible for terminal device authentication, terminal device mobility management, terminal device paging and other functions.
  • the AMF network element sends a channel switch request response (PATH SWITCH REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE) to the second network device.
  • PATH SWITCH REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE a channel switch request response
  • the second network device receives the PATH SWITCH REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE from the AMF network element.
  • the AMF network element can send terminal data to the second network device; correspondingly, the second network device can send uplink data to the AMF network element.
  • the AMF network element can send downlink data to the first network device; correspondingly, the first network device can send uplink data to the AMF network element.
  • the first network device may send terminal data to the second network device.
  • the second network device sends a terminal device context release (UE CONTEXT RELEASE) message to the first network device; correspondingly, the first network device receives the UE CONTEXT RELEASE message from the second network device.
  • UE CONTEXT RELEASE terminal device context release
  • the second network device sends an RRC Reconfiguration message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the RRC Reconfiguration message from the second network device.
  • the RRC Reconfiguration message includes MCs of multiple network devices, and its function is consistent with the RRC Reconfiguration in S401, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC Reconfiguration Complete message to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the RRC Reconfiguration Complete message from the terminal device.
  • the random access preamble used by the terminal device during cell switching is a dedicated preamble, which is different from the contention-based random access preamble used during initial access.
  • the periodic configuration supported by the random access channel (RACH) is 10/20/40/80/160ms, which is the same as the periodic configuration supported by the RACH of initial access.
  • the first network device sends the measurement configuration and related parameters of the second network device to the terminal device in the form of broadcast.
  • the terminal device measures the signal strength of the second network device according to the measurement configuration of the second network device, and compares the obtained measurement value (such as RSRP or RSRQ) with the parameters sent by the network (such as the preset reselection threshold, etc.).
  • the terminal device autonomously reselects to the target neighboring cell.
  • NTN considers location-assisted cell switching/cell reselection enhancement technology.
  • the mobility management of the NTN network can be achieved based on various methods such as time/timer, location information of the terminal device (such as the reference point distance of the terminal device to the cell associated with the first network device is greater than the first preset threshold, and the reference point distance of the cell associated with the second network device is less than the second preset threshold) and timer/location + signal strength combination.
  • the timer/location + signal strength combination method can be that the signal strength measured by the terminal device at a certain moment is higher than a preset threshold; or, the timer/location + signal strength combination method can be that the signal strength measured at a certain distance between the terminal device and the cell associated with the first network device is higher than the preset threshold; or, the timer/location + signal strength combination method can also be that the signal strength measured at a certain distance between the terminal device and the cell associated with the first network device at a certain moment is higher than the preset threshold, without restriction.
  • the cell switching/cell reselection of NR/NTN can be actively triggered by the movement of the terminal device or the movement of the network device.
  • the movement of the first network device such as a satellite
  • group switching/group reselection may lead to low working efficiency of the first network device.
  • the first network device will frequently update the measurement configuration, increasing power consumption.
  • a terminal device can perform signal measurement based on a signal sent by a network device, thereby achieving initial access, cell switching, and cell reselection.
  • NR defines CD-SSB and NCD-SSB.
  • CD-SSB can include synchronization signal block 1 (SSB1) and synchronization signal block 3 (SSB3), and can carry a control resource set (CORESET), such as the configuration information of CORESET 0 and the configuration information of the listening timing of Type 0-PDCCH common search space (CSS); at the same time, the terminal device can perform relevant measurements of cell reselection/cell switching based on CD-SSB.
  • CORESET control resource set
  • NCD-SSB may include synchronization signal block 2 (SSB2) and synchronization signal block (SSB3), and does not carry relevant information of the associated control resource set (CORESET), such as configuration information of CORESET 0 and configuration information of the monitoring timing of Type 0-PDCCH common search space (CSS); at the same time, NCD-SSB can perform wireless resource management and support signal measurement of terminal devices that are not within the initial (Initial) partial bandwidth (bandwidth part, BWP).
  • CORESET control resource set
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • both CD-SSB and NCD-SSB are configured based on frequency division multiplexing, that is, CD-SSB and NCD-SSB are configured in different frequency domains and BWPs.
  • the terminal device can obtain the position of CD-SSB in the frequency domain based on the synchronization signal block-subcarrier offset (SSB-SubcarrierOffset) (corresponding to the K_SSB field) in the master information block (MIB) message carried in NCD-SSB.
  • the terminal device can perform signal measurement based on the configuration information associated with CD-SSB and access the network device based on the measurement results.
  • CD-SSB/NCD-SSB serves different wave positions based on frequency division multiplexing, and needs to measure signals at different frequencies and allocate measurement gaps, which makes the efficiency of terminal devices in performing signal measurement in mobility management low.
  • the cycles of CD-SSB and NCD-SSB are short, and terminal devices may frequently measure signal quality, increasing the power consumption of terminal devices.
  • the SSB modes of CD-SSB and NCD-SSB are fixed, and the interference between CD-SSB and/or NCD-SSB is serious, which may reduce the accuracy of signal measurement.
  • the present application proposes a communication method, which includes: a terminal device receives a first broadcast message from a first network device; determines a first handover synchronization signal block HO-SSB of the first network device and configuration information of the first HO-SSB according to the first broadcast message, and determines a first SSB of the first network device according to the configuration information of the first HO-SSB; or, determines the configuration information of the first HO-SSB and the first HO-SSB, and the configuration information of the first SSB and the first SSB according to the first broadcast message; accesses the first network device according to the first SSB.
  • the first broadcast message includes one or more SSBs and configuration information of one or more SSBs; the first SSB is used to access the first network device, the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management, and the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB.
  • the first network device Since the period of the first SSB is short, the first network device needs to frequently broadcast the first SSB, which causes the terminal device to frequently measure the signal strength of the first SSB, increasing the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the SSB mode of the first SSB is fixed, which may increase the interference between the first SSBs and affect the accuracy of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the first SSB. Based on this, in the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can obtain the first HO-SSB through the first broadcast information.
  • the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB, and the period of the first HO-SSB can be unfixed and the value range of the period can be large, the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the SSB can be reduced, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the SSB mode of the first HO-SSB is unfixed, the interference between the first HO-SSBs can be reduced, and the accuracy of the measurement result of the signal strength measurement performed by the terminal device according to the first HO-SSB is improved.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device initially accesses the first network device, the terminal device can obtain the first SSB according to the above method, and then access the first network device according to the first SSB.
  • the terminal device determines the network device to be accessed according to the cell switching/cell reselection conditions, due to the improvement in the accuracy of the signal strength of the first HO-SSB measured by the terminal device, it can be more accurately determined whether the cell switching/cell reselection conditions are met based on the more accurate measurement results, thereby improving the effectiveness of the cell switching/cell reselection, better access to the first network device, and improving the communication performance between the terminal device and the first network device.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be used in various communication systems, which may be a third generation partnership project (3GPP) communication system, for example, a fourth generation (4G), long term evolution (LTE), 5G mobile communication system, NR, or a system of LTE and 5G hybrid networking, or an NTN system, or a sixth generation (6G) or other mobile communication system evolved after 5G, a vehicle to everything (V2X) system, or a device-to-device (D2D) communication system, a machine to machine (M2M) communication system, the Internet of Things (IoT), the narrowband Internet of Things (NB-IoT), other next generation communication systems, perception and communication integrated systems, satellite communication systems, etc.
  • the communication system may also be a non-3GPP communication system, such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) and other wireless local area network (WLAN) systems, without restriction.
  • 3GPP third generation partnership project
  • 4G fourth generation
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G mobile communication system NR
  • the communication system may include one or more terminal devices and one or more network devices.
  • the terminal device can access the network device and can also switch between different network devices.
  • the present application can be applied to various communication scenarios, such as synchronization, channel estimation, signal detection, beam measurement, etc.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device with wireless transceiver function or a chip or chip system that can be set in the device, which can allow users to access the network and is a device for providing voice and/or data connectivity to users.
  • the terminal device may also be called UE, subscriber unit, terminal, mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a user-side device for realizing a wireless communication function, such as a terminal or a chip that can be used in a terminal, etc.
  • the terminal may be a UE, a user unit, an access terminal, a terminal unit, a terminal station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a wireless communication device, a terminal agent or a terminal device, etc. in a 5G network or a public land mobile network (PLMN) evolved after 5G.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the access terminal can be a cellular phone, a smart phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless data card, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a handheld device with wireless communication function (handset), a laptop computer, a tablet computer, a computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, a vehicle-mounted device, a drone, a robot, a smart point of sale (POS) machine, a customer-premises equipment (CPE) or a wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal equipment, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in machine type communication (MTC), wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, wireless terminals in 5G network or future communication network, etc.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless
  • the terminal may be a terminal with communication function in IoT, such as a terminal in V2X (such as a vehicle networking device), a terminal in D2D communication, or a terminal in M2M communication, etc.
  • the terminal may be mobile or fixed.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application (which may be the first network device and the second network device) can be any device deployed in the access network that can communicate wirelessly with the terminal device, or it can be a chip or chip system that can be set in the above-mentioned device, or it can be a logical node or a logical module or a function implemented in software, which can be used to implement wireless physical control functions, resource scheduling and wireless resource management, wireless access control, mobility management and other functions.
  • the network device may be a device supporting wired access or a device supporting wireless access.
  • the network device may be a node in a radio access network (RAN), or may be referred to as a radio access network node (or device).
  • the network device may also be a base transceiver station (BTS) in a global system for mobile communication (GSM) or a code division multiple access (CDMA) network.
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • GSM global system for mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • the network device may be a base station (NodeB) in a wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) network.
  • NodeB base station
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • the network device may also be an evolutionary Node B (e-NodeB or NodeB or eNB) in an LTE system or an enhanced LTE (LTE-advanced, LTE-A) system, such as a traditional macro base station eNB and a micro base station eNB in a heterogeneous network scenario.
  • the network device may also be a next generation node B (gNB) in an NR system.
  • the network device may be a network device in a future evolved PLMN.
  • the network device may include a transmission reception point (TRP), a home base station (e.g., home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), a base band unit (BBU), a base band pool (BBU pool), or a wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access point (AP), etc.
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • HNB home evolved NodeB
  • BBU base band unit
  • BBU pool base band pool
  • Wi-Fi wireless fidelity
  • the network device may include a base station in an NTN, that is, it may be deployed on a flight platform or a satellite.
  • the network device may serve as a layer 1 (L1) relay, or as a base station, or as an integrated access and backhaul (IAB) node.
  • L1 layer 1
  • IAB integrated access and backhaul
  • the network device may be a device that implements a base station function in IoT, such as a device that implements a base station function in drone communication, V2X, D2D, or M2M.
  • the network device may be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario.
  • the network device may also be a wearable device or a vehicle-mounted device.
  • the network device may also be a module or unit that can implement some functions of the base station, for example, the network device may be a centralized unit (CU), a distributed unit (DU), a CU-control plane (CP), a CU-user plane (UP), or a radio unit (RU).
  • the CU and DU may be separately configured, or may be included in the same network element, such as a baseband unit (BBU).
  • BBU baseband unit
  • the RU may be included in a radio frequency device or radio unit, such as a remote radio unit (RRU), an active antenna unit (AAU), or a remote radio head (RRH).
  • RRU remote radio unit
  • AAU active antenna unit
  • RRH remote radio head
  • the network device may be a network device or a module of a network device in an open radio access network (open RAN, ORAN) system.
  • ORAN open radio access network
  • CU may also be referred to as open (open, O)-CU
  • DU may also be referred to as O-DU
  • CU-CP may also be referred to as O-CU-CP
  • CU-UP may also be referred to as O-CU-UP
  • RU may also be referred to as O-RU.
  • Any of the CU (or CU-CP, CU-UP), DU and RU in this application may be implemented by a software module, a hardware module, or a combination of a software module and a hardware module.
  • the base station in the embodiments of the present application may include various forms of base stations, such as: a macro base station, a micro base station (also called a small station), a relay station, an access point, a home base station, a TRP, a transmitting point (TP), one or a group of (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of a base station in a 5G system, or a mobile switching center, etc.
  • a macro base station such as a a micro base station (also called a small station), a relay station, an access point, a home base station, a TRP, a transmitting point (TP), one or a group of (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of a base station in a 5G system, or a mobile switching center, etc.
  • TP transmitting point
  • the communication system shown in Figure 6 may also include a core network device (core network, CN) and a data network (data network, DN).
  • core network CN
  • data network data network
  • network equipment can communicate with core network equipment directly, or through ground station equipment, which can also be considered as a core network equipment.
  • Core network equipment can provide an interface for data network as a bearer network, provide communication connection, authentication, management, policy control for terminal equipment, and complete the bearing of data services.
  • the core network equipment may include one or more of the following: AMF, session management function (SMF) network element, authentication server function (AUSF) network element, policy control function (PCF) network element, user plane function (UPF) network element, etc.
  • AMF session management function
  • AUSF authentication server function
  • PCF policy control function
  • UPF user plane function
  • the communication system is described below by taking the network device as a satellite as an example.
  • a satellite can use multiple beams to cover the service area. Different beams can communicate through one or more of time division, frequency division and space division.
  • Each satellite can provide communication services and positioning services to terminal devices through multiple beams (satellites can communicate wirelessly with terminal devices through broadcast communication signals and navigation signals, etc.), and satellites can also communicate with each other through intersatellite links (for example, satellite 1 can communicate with satellite 2 through intersatellite link 1, and satellite 2 can communicate with satellite 3 through intersatellite link 2). Satellites can also communicate wirelessly with core network devices through ground station equipment (for example, satellite 3 can be connected to core network devices).
  • the satellite mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a satellite base station, may also include an orbital receiver or repeater for relaying information, or may be a network-side device carried on a satellite, without limitation.
  • the satellite can operate in staring beam mode or non-staring beam mode.
  • the satellite communication system can include a transparent satellite architecture and a non-transparent satellite architecture.
  • transparent transmission can also be called bent-pipe forwarding transmission, that is, the signal only undergoes frequency conversion, signal amplification and other processes on the satellite, and the satellite is transparent to the signal, as if it does not exist; non-transparent transmission is also called regeneration (on-board access/processing) transmission, that is, the satellite has some or all of the functions of a base station.
  • bent-pipe forwarding transmission that is, the signal only undergoes frequency conversion, signal amplification and other processes on the satellite, and the satellite is transparent to the signal, as if it does not exist
  • non-transparent transmission is also called regeneration (on-board access/processing) transmission, that is, the satellite has some or all of the functions of a base station.
  • satellite 1 and satellite 2 may be located in a non-transparent satellite architecture
  • satellite 3 may be located in a transparent satellite architecture
  • the satellite can be a LEO satellite or a non-geostationary earth orbit (NGEO) satellite.
  • NGEO non-geostationary earth orbit
  • the communication system described in the embodiment of the present application is for the purpose of more clearly illustrating the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • a person of ordinary skill in the art can know that with the evolution of network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is also applicable to similar technical problems.
  • each terminal device and network device shown in FIG6 may adopt the composition structure shown in FIG7, or include the components shown in FIG7.
  • FIG7 is a composition diagram of a communication device 70 provided in an embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 70 may be a terminal device or a chip or a system on chip in the terminal device; or a network device or a chip or a system on chip in the network device.
  • the communication device 70 includes one or more processors 701. Further, the communication device 70 may also include a communication bus 702 and at least one communication interface (FIG. 7 is only exemplary, and the communication device 70 includes a communication interface 704 and a processor 701 as an example for explanation). Optionally, the communication device 70 may also include a memory 703.
  • Processor 701 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the present application, or a processing core for processing data (such as computer program instructions).
  • the processor may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-CPU processor.
  • the processor 701 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 7 .
  • the communication bus 702 may be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus.
  • the bus may be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, etc.
  • FIG. 7 only uses a thick line, but does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the communication bus 702 is used to connect different components in the communication device 70 so that different components in the communication device 70 can communicate and interact with each other.
  • the communication interface 704 may be a transceiver module for communicating with other devices or a communication network, such as Ethernet, RAN, or WLAN.
  • the communication interface 704 may be a device such as a transceiver or a transceiver.
  • the communication interface 704 may also be a transceiver circuit located in the processor 701 to implement signal input and signal output of the processor.
  • the memory 703 may be a device with a storage function.
  • it may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), a magnetic disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • the memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor via the communication bus 702.
  • the memory may also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 703 is used to store computer-executable instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 701.
  • the processor 701 is used to execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 703, thereby realizing the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 701 may also perform processing-related functions in the communication method provided in the following embodiments of the present application, and the communication interface 704 is responsible for communicating with other devices or communication networks, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer-executable instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application code, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication device 70 may further include an output device 705 and an input device 706.
  • the output device 705 communicates with the processor 701 and may display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 705 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector.
  • the input device 706 communicates with the processor 701 and may receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device 706 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device.
  • composition structure shown in FIG. 7 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device.
  • the communication device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange the components differently.
  • the terminal device, the first network device or the second network device can perform some or all of the steps in the embodiment of the present application, and these steps or operations are only examples.
  • the embodiment of the present application can also perform other operations or variations of various operations.
  • each step can be performed in a different order presented in the embodiment of the present application, and it is possible not to perform all the operations in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication method includes the following steps:
  • a first network device sends first broadcast information.
  • a terminal device receives the first broadcast information from the first network device.
  • the first broadcast information may include one or more SSBs and configuration information of one or more SSBs.
  • the one or more SSBs may include one or more of the following: a first HO-SSB of the first network device, and a first SSB of the first network device.
  • the configuration information of one or more SSBs may include one or more of the following: configuration information of the first HO-SSB, configuration information of the first SSB.
  • the first broadcast information includes the first HO-SSB and configuration information of the first HO-SSB.
  • the first HO-SSB is the HO-SSB of the first network device, and the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management.
  • the first broadcast information includes the first SSB and configuration information of the first SSB, the first HO-SSB and configuration information of the first HO-SSB.
  • the first SSB is the SSB of the first network device, the first SSB is used to access the first network device, and the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB.
  • the first SSB can also be used for mobility management.
  • the first SSB may be an SSB in NR, i.e., NR-SSB; or it may be an SSB in other communication systems without limitation.
  • the period of the first SSB and the period of the first HO-SSB are obviously different.
  • the period of the first SSB is fixed (such as the period of the first SSB is generally 5/10/20/40/80/160ms), and the period of the first SSB is relatively short.
  • the first network device may frequently send the first SSB to the terminal device based on the fixed period.
  • the terminal device frequently receives the first SSB and measures the signal strength of the first SSB, which will increase the power consumption of the terminal device; while the period of the first HO-SSB is adjustable (such as the period of the first HO-SSB can range from a few seconds to several hundred seconds), the period span of the first HO-SSB is relatively large, and the period of the first HO-SSB is relatively long compared to the period of the first SSB.
  • the first network device can send the first HO-SSB once every few seconds or several hundred seconds. Compared with the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the first NR-SSB, the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the first HO-SSB is significantly reduced, which can reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the service area of the first SSB and the service area of the first HO-SSB are also different.
  • the service area of the first NR-SSB is 1/2/3/4, and the service area associated with the first HO-SSB is 5/7.
  • the first HO-SSB is generally in an area where a cell handover/cell reselection is about to be performed, and as the first network device and the second device move, the service area of the first HO-SSB also changes.
  • the SSB in the first broadcast information includes the first HO-SSB.
  • the first network device can reduce the frequency of broadcasting the first broadcast information, thereby enabling the terminal device to reduce the frequency of measuring signal strength, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the first broadcast information includes the first SSB and configuration information of the first SSB.
  • the terminal device determines the first SSB based on the first broadcast information.
  • the terminal device when the first broadcast information includes the first HO-SSB and the configuration information of the first HO-SSB, the terminal device can determine the first HO-SSB and the configuration information of the first HO-SSB of the first network device based on the first broadcast information. Further, the terminal device can determine the first SSB of the first network device based on the configuration information of the first HO-SSB.
  • the configuration information of the first HO-SSB may include one or more of the following: a first SMTC, an SSB index, an SSB type, an SSB mode, a subcarrier spacing, QCL information, whether associated with SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information.
  • the first SMTC information is used to indicate the first HO-SSB of the first network device
  • the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency domain
  • the QCL information is used to indicate the beam associated with the SSB
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB
  • the first RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the first network device.
  • the first SMTC information may include one or more of the following: location or time triggered reselection measurement, measurement priority, reference point location, SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the first network device, or signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB.
  • location or time triggered reselection measurement is used to indicate that in cell reselection, the terminal device can measure the signal strength according to the combination of timer/location + signal strength, thereby realizing mobility management;
  • the measurement priority is used to indicate the measurement order of different neighboring cells/frequencies, that is, the terminal device first measures the neighboring cells/frequencies with high priority, and then measures the neighboring cells/frequencies with low priority;
  • the reference point position is used to indicate location triggered measurement, that is, when the distance between the terminal device's position and one or more reference point positions meets the given conditions, the measurement is triggered.
  • the time domain information of SSB can be time domain resources or time domain offset, without limitation.
  • the frequency domain information of SSB can be frequency domain resources or frequency domain offset, without limitation.
  • the polarization domain information of SSB can be a polarization domain resource, a polarization domain offset, or a polarization direction, without limitation.
  • the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB according to the configuration information of the SSB.
  • the present application proposes several possible embodiments for determining the first HO-SSB:
  • the terminal device may determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB when the SSB index of the SSB is greater than or equal to any of the following indexes: 4, 8, or 64.
  • the terminal device when the SSB index of the SSB is greater than or equal to 4, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB; in scenario 2, when the SSB index of the SSB is greater than or equal to 8, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB; in scenario 3, when the SSB index of the SSB is greater than or equal to 64, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB.
  • the terminal device may determine that the SSB is a first HO-SSB.
  • the terminal device when the polarization domain information of the SSB of the SSB is right-hand circular polarization, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB, otherwise it is the first SSB; or, when the polarization domain information of the SSB of the SSB is left-hand circular polarization, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB, otherwise it is the first SSB.
  • the terminal device may determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB.
  • the first indication information may be one bit, and the one bit may be a reused existing bit or a newly added bit.
  • the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB, otherwise it is the first SSB; or, when the bit value of the first indication information is 1, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB, otherwise it is the first SSB.
  • the terminal device may determine the first SSB based on one or more information in the configuration information of the first HO-SSB: time domain information of the first HO-SSB, frequency domain information of the first HO-SSB, or polarization domain information of the first HO-SSB.
  • the terminal device can determine the frequency domain position of the first SSB based on the frequency domain position of the first HO-SSB and the first frequency domain offset, and then search for the first SSB at the frequency domain position.
  • the terminal device can determine the time and frequency domain position of the first SSB based on the time domain position and frequency domain position of the first HO-SSB, through the first time domain offset and the first frequency domain offset, and then search for the first SSB at the time and frequency domain position.
  • the terminal device can determine the configuration information of the first HO-SSB and the first HO-SSB, and the configuration information of the first SSB and the first SSB based on the first broadcast information.
  • the configuration information of the first SSB may include one or more of the following: SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, QCL information, whether associated with SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information.
  • the terminal device may determine that the SSB is the first SSB when the SSB index of the SSB is less than any of the following indexes: 4, 8, or 64.
  • the terminal device may determine that the SSB is the first SSB.
  • the terminal device may determine that the SSB is the first SSB.
  • the terminal device may determine that the SSB is the first SSB.
  • the terminal device may determine that the SSB is the first SSB.
  • the terminal device may determine that the SSB is a first HO-SSB.
  • the pattern of the first SSB in the time-frequency domain (such as the black strips shown in FIG. 9 ) is fixed, that is, the SSB mode of the first SSB is predefined, and the SSB mode of the first SSB does not change randomly, resulting in greater interference between the first SSBs; and the pattern of the first HO-SSB in the time-frequency domain is adjustable.
  • the SSB mode is not a predefined SSB mode
  • the SSB is the first HO-SSB, which can reduce interference between the first HO-SSBs.
  • the first broadcast signal includes the first HO-SSB and the configuration information of the first HO-SSB, which can improve the accuracy of the terminal device in measuring the signal strength, and further, can improve the communication quality of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device when the polarization domain information of the SSB of the SSB is left-hand circular polarization, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first SSB; when the polarization domain information of the SSB of the SSB is right-hand circular polarization, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB.
  • the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first SSB; when the polarization domain information of the SSB of the SSB of the SSB is left-hand circular polarization, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB
  • the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first SSB.
  • the first indication information may be one bit, and the one bit may be a reused existing bit or a newly added bit.
  • the terminal device when the bit value of the first indication information is 0, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB; when the bit value of the first indication information is 1, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first SSB.
  • the terminal device when the bit value of the first indication information is 1, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB; when the bit value of the first indication information is 0, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first SSB.
  • the terminal device may determine the first SSB and the configuration information of the first SSB based on the first broadcast information.
  • the terminal device may determine the first HO-SSB based on the configuration information of the first SSB.
  • the terminal device can determine the frequency domain position of the first HO-SSB based on the frequency domain position of the first SSB through the second frequency domain offset, and then search for the first HO-SSB at the frequency domain position.
  • the terminal device can determine the time and frequency domain position of the first HO-SSB based on the time domain position and frequency domain position of the first SSB through the second time domain offset and the second frequency domain offset, and then search for the first HO-SSB at the time and frequency domain position.
  • the terminal device accesses the first network device according to the first SSB of the first network device.
  • the access method can be a random access method or other access methods (such as RRC connection reconstruction, downlink data arrival, uplink data sending, other system information (OSI) request).
  • OSI system information
  • the terminal device can obtain the first HO-SSB through the first broadcast information. Since the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB, and the period of the first HO-SSB can be non-fixed and the value range of the period can be wider, the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the SSB can be reduced, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device. At the same time, since the SSB mode of the first HO-SSB is not fixed, the interference between the first HO-SSBs can be reduced, and the accuracy of the measurement result of the signal strength measurement performed by the terminal device according to the first HO-SSB can be improved.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device initially accesses the first network device, the terminal device can obtain the first SSB according to the above method, and then access the first network device according to the first SSB.
  • the terminal device determines the network device to be accessed according to the cell switching/cell reselection conditions, due to the improvement in the accuracy of the signal strength of the first HO-SSB measured by the terminal device, it can be more accurately determined whether the cell switching/cell reselection conditions are met based on the more accurate measurement results, thereby improving the effectiveness of the cell switching/cell reselection, better access to the first network device, and improving the communication performance between the terminal device and the first network device.
  • the terminal device may also perform cell reselection according to HO-SSB.
  • the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes the following steps:
  • a first network device sends first configuration information to a second network device.
  • the second network device receives the first configuration information from the first network device.
  • the first configuration information may include one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the first network device, the first RO resource information, RNTI, or access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods.
  • the first RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the first network device, and the RNTI is used to partition different terminal devices.
  • the second network device determines first SMTC information according to the first configuration information.
  • the first SMTC information is used to indicate the SMTC information of the first network device.
  • the second network device sends second configuration information to the first network device; correspondingly, the first network device receives the second configuration information from the second network device.
  • the second configuration information may include one or more of the following: the SMTC period of the second HO-SSB associated with the second network device, the SMTC duration of the second HO-SSB associated with the second network device, the SMTC offset of the second HO-SSB associated with the second network device, the ephemeris information of the second network device, the second RO resource information, RNTI, or access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods.
  • the second HO-SSB is the HO-SSB of the second network device, and the second RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resource of the second network device.
  • the first network device may determine a second SMTC according to the second configuration information.
  • the second SMTC information is used to indicate a second HO-SSB of the second network device, and the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management.
  • the first network device sends second broadcast information; correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second broadcast information of the first network device.
  • the second broadcast information includes second SMTC information.
  • the terminal device may obtain the second HO-SSB and the configuration information of the second HO-SSB according to the second SMTC, and then measure the signal strength of the second HO-SSB.
  • the terminal device when it performs cell reselection, it can also receive the first broadcast information from the first network device, and after determining that the SSB is the first HO-SSB or the first SSB according to the method in S802 above, measure the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and/or the first SSB, which is not elaborated here.
  • the terminal device may measure the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and/or the first SSB and the signal strength of the second HO-SSB, and the terminal device may determine whether the cell reselection condition is met according to the measurement result.
  • the present application proposes three possible implementations as follows:
  • the terminal device may compare the signal strength of the second HO-SSB with the signal quality threshold of the second HO-SSB in the second SMTC. When the signal strength of the second HO-SSB is greater than or equal to the signal quality threshold of the second HO-SSB, the terminal device determines to perform cell reselection; or, when the signal strength of the second HO-SSB is less than the signal quality threshold of the second HO-SSB, the terminal device does not perform cell reselection.
  • the terminal device determines to reselect a cell based on the signal strength of the second HO-SSB, the second SSB of the second network device can be obtained.
  • the second SSB is the SSB of the second network device, the second SSB is used to access the second network device, and the period of the second HO-SSB is greater than the period of the second SSB.
  • the second SSB can also be used for mobility management.
  • the terminal device may compare the signal strength of the first HO-SSB with the signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB in the first SMTC. When the signal strength of the first HO-SSB is greater than or equal to the signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB, the terminal device does not perform cell reselection; or, when the signal strength of the first HO-SSB is less than the signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB, the terminal device determines to perform cell reselection.
  • the terminal device determines to reselect a cell based on the signal strength of the first HO-SSB
  • the second SSB of the second network device can be obtained.
  • the terminal device may compare the signal strength of the first HO-SSB with the signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB in the first SMTC, and compare the signal strength of the second HO-SSB with the signal quality threshold of the second HO-SSB in the second SMTC.
  • the terminal device determines to perform cell reselection; or, when the signal strength of the second HO-SSB is less than the signal quality threshold of the second HO-SSB, and the signal strength of the first HO-SSB is greater than or equal to the signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB, the terminal device does not perform cell reselection.
  • the terminal device determines to reselect a cell based on the signal strengths of the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB
  • the second SSB of the second network device can be obtained.
  • the terminal device may obtain the second SSB based on one or more of the following information in the configuration information of the second HO-SSB: time domain information of the second HO-SSB, frequency domain information of the second HO-SSB, or polarization domain information of the second HO-SSB.
  • the terminal device can determine the time and frequency resources occupied by the third HO-SSB, and after the third time domain offset and the third frequency domain offset, determine the time and frequency resources occupied by the second SSB, and then obtain the second SSB.
  • the terminal device may also determine the second SSB through the third broadcast information of the second network device.
  • the third broadcast information includes the second SSB and the configuration information of the second SSB.
  • the terminal device may determine the second SSB based on the configuration information of the second HO-SSB or the third broadcast information, or the terminal device may determine the second SSB based on the configuration information of the second HO-SSB. If the second SSB cannot be determined based on the configuration information of the second HO-SSB, the second SSB is determined based on the third broadcast information; or the terminal device may determine the second SSB based on the third broadcast information. If the second SSB cannot be determined based on the third broadcast information, the second SSB is determined based on the configuration information of the second HO-SSB, and so on, without limitation.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device obtains the second SSB, it can access the second network device based on the second RO resource and the second SSB to achieve cell reselection.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device and the first network device are in an RRC connection state, the terminal device can perform cell switching according to HO-SSB.
  • the method can be shown in FIG. 12 below, and the specific steps are as follows:
  • the first network device sends one or more SSBs and RRC configuration information associated with each SSB to the terminal device; correspondingly, the terminal device can receive one or more SSBs and RRC configuration information associated with each SSB from the first network device.
  • the one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: a first SSB, or a first HO-SSB.
  • the RRC configuration information associated with the first SSB may include configuration information of the first SSB
  • the RRC configuration information associated with the first HO-SSB may include configuration information of the first HO-SSB.
  • the RRC configuration information associated with the first SSB may include one or more of the following: SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, QCL information, whether associated with SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information.
  • the RRC configuration information associated with the first HO-SSB may include one or more of the following: SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, QCL information, whether associated with SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information.
  • the terminal device can determine whether the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB based on the RRC configuration information associated with the SSB.
  • the judgment method is consistent with the method in S902 in which the terminal device determines the first SSB or the first HO-SSB based on the configuration information of the SSB, and is not repeated here.
  • the terminal device may measure the signal strength of the first SSB and/or the first HO-SSB.
  • the terminal device sends a measurement result and location information of the terminal device to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the measurement result and location information of the terminal device from the terminal device.
  • the measurement result is used to indicate one or more of the following: the signal strength of the first SSB, or the signal strength of the first HO-SSB; the location information of the terminal device can be represented by the wave position information.
  • the wave position information can be represented according to the wave position index or according to the wave position reference point position, without limitation.
  • the first network device sends first configuration information to the second network device; correspondingly, the second network device receives the first configuration information from the first network device.
  • the second network device may determine the first SMTC information according to the first configuration information.
  • the second network device sends second configuration information to the first network device; correspondingly, the second network device receives the second configuration information from the first network device.
  • the first network device may determine the second SMTC information according to the second configuration information.
  • S1203a and S1203b are configuration information exchanged between the first network device and the second network device, and the specific content is consistent with the content in the above S1101 and S1103, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first network device sends an RRC Reconfiguration message and a conditional handover (CHO) trigger condition to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the RRC Reconfiguration message and the CHO trigger condition from the first network device.
  • the RRC Reconfiguration message is used to indicate the configuration of layer 1/layer 2 triggered mobility (LTM) RRC association.
  • the CHO trigger condition may be that the signal strength of the second HO-SSB is greater than or equal to the second preset threshold; or, the CHO trigger condition may be that the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and/or the first SSB is less than the first preset threshold; or, the CHO trigger condition may be that the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and/or the first SSB is less than or equal to the first preset threshold and the signal strength of the second HO-SSB is greater than or equal to the second preset threshold.
  • the CHO trigger condition can be used for the terminal device to perform one or more switching between one or more network devices, that is, the first network device sends a CHO trigger condition to the terminal device once. No matter how many times the terminal device performs cell switching and accesses different second network devices, it can determine whether to perform cell switching based on the CHO trigger condition. This can effectively reduce overhead and save resources.
  • the terminal device sends an RRC Reconfiguration Complete message to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the RRC Reconfiguration Complete message from the terminal device.
  • the first network device sends second broadcast information to the terminal device; correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second broadcast information from the first network device.
  • the second broadcast information includes second SMTC information and second RO resource information.
  • the second SMTC information is used to indicate a second HO-SSB of the second network device, and the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management.
  • the terminal device may obtain the configuration information of the second HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB according to the second SMTC information.
  • the terminal device performs downlink synchronization with the second network device according to the second HO-SSB.
  • the second network device performs downlink synchronization with the terminal device according to the second HO-SSB.
  • the terminal device receives the timing information from the second network device according to the second SMTC information; correspondingly, the second network device sends the timing information to the terminal device according to the second SMTC information.
  • the terminal device can achieve uplink synchronization with the second network device according to the timing information; correspondingly, the second network device can achieve uplink synchronization with the terminal device according to the timing information.
  • the terminal device can measure the signal strength of the second HO-SSB, that is, the terminal device performs an LTM-CHO trigger event evaluation. If the terminal device determines that the signal strength meets the CHO trigger condition, the terminal device determines to perform a cell switch; if the terminal device determines that the signal strength does not meet the CHO trigger condition, the terminal device does not perform a cell switch, and still accesses the first network device, or measures the signal quality of other network devices.
  • the terminal device may measure the signal strength of the second HO-SSB based on the physical layer/network layer (L1/L3).
  • the terminal device when the terminal device determines to perform cell switching based on the signal strength of the second HO-SSB, the terminal device can obtain the second SSB.
  • the second SSB can be used to access the second network device, and the period of the second HO-SSB is greater than the period of the second SSB.
  • the second SSB can also be used for mobility management.
  • the way in which the terminal device obtains the second SSB is consistent with the way in which the terminal device obtains the second SSB during the above-mentioned cell reselection, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device accesses the second network device according to the second SSB.
  • the terminal device can access the second network device according to the second SSB based on the second RO resource information.
  • the terminal device can access the second network device based on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) triggered (ordered) RACH process.
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • the terminal device can access the second network device based on a random access handover (RACH-less HO) process.
  • RACH-less HO random access handover
  • the RACH-less HO process can access the second network device based on the system message associated with the second SSB, that is, the terminal device can blindly detect the system message associated with the second SSB according to the group-RNTI. If the demodulation is successful, the terminal device can access the second network device according to the RO resources.
  • the second network device sends LTM completion response information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives LTM completion response information from the second network device.
  • the terminal device can implement cell switching and access the second network device.
  • the terminal device can determine whether the conditions for cell switching are met by measuring the signal strength of the second HO-SSB.
  • the second HO-SSB has a long period, which can reduce the power consumption of the terminal device, and the SSB mode of the second HO-SSB is not fixed, which can reduce interference and improve the accuracy of signal measurement, thereby improving the effectiveness of cell switching.
  • the terminal device can obtain the time-frequency domain location (CORESET) of the HO-SSB and the system message (HO-system information, HO-SI) configuration associated with the cell switching based on the configuration information of the second HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB.
  • CORESET time-frequency domain location
  • HO-SI system message
  • the HO-SI can be encrypted according to the RNTI of the terminal device or the terminal device group, which can improve the reliability of communication.
  • the present application also proposes a HO-SSB collaboration method, which is used by the first network device to adjust the time-frequency domain occupied by the first HO-SSB and the second network device to adjust the time-frequency domain occupied by the second HO-SSB, so as to avoid the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB occupying the same time-frequency resources as much as possible, thereby reducing interference between the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB.
  • the communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application includes: a first network device sends third configuration information to a second network device; accordingly, the second network device receives the third configuration information from the first network device, and adjusts the time and frequency resources occupied by the second HO-SSB according to the third configuration information.
  • the third configuration information includes one or more of the following: a first HO-SSB mode, time domain information of a first HO-SSB, frequency information of a first HO-SSB, polarization domain information of a first HO-SSB, a first HO-SSB cycle, or a first HO-SSB duration.
  • the communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application includes: the second network device sends fourth configuration information to the first network device; accordingly, the first network device receives the fourth configuration information from the second network device, and adjusts the time and frequency resources occupied by the first HO-SSB according to the fourth configuration information.
  • the fourth configuration information includes one or more of the following: a second HO-SSB mode, time domain information of a second HO-SSB, frequency information of a second HO-SSB, polarization domain information of a second HO-SSB, a second HO-SSB period, or a second HO-SSB duration.
  • the communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application includes: the second network device sends fourth configuration information to the first network device; accordingly, the first network device receives the fourth configuration information from the second network device, and determines the wave position set to be switched by the first network device based on the fourth configuration information, and sends HO-SSB to the wave position set to be switched through the configuration information, avoiding overlap with the wave position set of the second network device as much as possible.
  • the communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application includes: the second network device sends third configuration information to the first network device; accordingly, the first network device receives the third configuration information from the second network device, and switches the wave position set to be switched of the second network device according to the third configuration information, and sends HO-SSB to the wave position set to be switched through the configuration information, so as to avoid overlapping with the wave position set of the first network device as much as possible.
  • the parameters for the interaction between the first network device and the second network device may be the HO-SSB period, the HO-SSB-associated leaving service elevation angle and/or entering service elevation angle, i.e., HO-SSB elevation hand out and/or HO-SSB elevation hand in, and the HO-SSB mode bitmap.
  • the set of wave positions to be switched may be determined, as shown in Table 1 below. The present application provides the values of the parameters in several typical scenarios:
  • the period of HO-SSB may be 1 second
  • the outgoing service elevation angle associated with HO-SSB may be 30 degrees
  • the incoming service elevation angle associated with HO-SSB may be 30 degrees
  • the length of HO-SSB may be a 32-bit 0/1 bit string.
  • the period of HO-SSB may be 10 seconds
  • the leaving service elevation angle associated with HO-SSB may be 32
  • the entering service elevation angle associated with HO-SSB may be 31
  • the length of HO-SSB may be a 256-bit 0/1 bit string.
  • the period of HO-SSB may be 1 second
  • the outgoing service elevation angle associated with HO-SSB may be 40 degrees
  • the incoming service elevation angle associated with HO-SSB may be 45 degrees
  • the length of HO-SSB may be a 0/1 bit string of 4.
  • the execution subject may execute some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application, and these steps or operations are only examples.
  • the embodiments of the present application may also execute other operations or variations of various operations.
  • the various steps may be executed in different orders presented in the embodiments of the present application, and it is possible that not all operations in the embodiments of the present application need to be executed.
  • the above mainly introduces the solution provided by the present application from the perspective of interaction between various devices.
  • the present application also provides a communication device, which is used to implement the above various methods.
  • the communication device can be a terminal device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above terminal device, or a component that can be used for the terminal device; or, the communication device can be a network device involved in the above method embodiment, or a device including the network device, or a component that can be used for the network device.
  • the communication device includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the execution of each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in the form of hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the communication device according to the above method embodiment.
  • each functional module can be divided according to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated module can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG13 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal device 130.
  • the terminal device 130 includes a processing module 1301 and a transceiver module 1302.
  • the terminal device 130 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 13 ) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the transceiver module 1302 which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions.
  • the transceiver module 1302 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the transceiver module 1302 may include a receiving module and a sending module, which are respectively used to execute the receiving and sending steps performed by the terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiments, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described herein; the processing module 1301 may be used to execute the processing steps (such as determination, generation, etc.) performed by the terminal in the above-mentioned method embodiments, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described herein.
  • the transceiver module 1302 is used to receive first broadcast information from a first network device; wherein the first broadcast information includes one or more SSBs and configuration information of one or more SSBs.
  • the processing module 1301 is used to determine the first HO-SSB of the first network device and the configuration information of the first HO-SSB according to the first broadcast information, and determine the first SSB of the first network device according to the configuration information of the first HO-SSB; or, determine the first HO-SSB and the configuration information of the first HO-SSB, and the configuration information of the first SSB and the first SSB according to the first broadcast information; wherein the first SSB is used to access the first network device, the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management, and the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB.
  • the processing module 1301 is also used to access the first network device according to the first SSB.
  • the configuration information of the first SSB includes one or more of the following: SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, quasi-co-location information, whether associated with SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information; wherein, the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency domain, the quasi-co-location information is used to indicate the beam associated with the SSB, the first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB, and the first RO resource is used to indicate the RO resource of the first network device.
  • the configuration information of the first HO-SSB includes one or more of the following: first SMTC information, SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, quasi-co-location information, whether associated with SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information; wherein the first SMTC information includes one or more of the following: position or time triggered reselection measurement, measurement priority, reference point position, SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the first network device, or signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB; the measurement priority is used to determine the measurement order of different areas/frequencies, and the reference point position is used for position triggered measurement; the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency
  • the processing module 1301 is further used to determine that the SSB is a first HO-SSB when the SSB index of the SSB is greater than or equal to any of the following SSB indexes: 4, 8, or 64; or, when the SSB mode of the SSB is not a preset SSB mode, determine that the SSB is a first HO-SSB; or, when the polarization domain information of the SSB is left-hand circular polarization or right-hand circular polarization, determine that the SSB is a first HO-SSB; or, when the first indication information in the configuration information of the SSB indicates that the SSB is a first HO-SSB, determine that the SSB is a first HO-SSB.
  • the processing module 1301 is also used to determine that the SSB is the first SSB when the SSB index of the SSB is less than any of the following SSB indexes: 4, 8, or 64; or, when the SSB mode of the SSB is a preset SSB mode, determine that the SSB is the first SSB; or, when the polarization domain information of the SSB is right-hand circular polarization or left-hand circular polarization, determine that the SSB is the first SSB; when the first indication information in the configuration information of the SSB determines that the SSB is the first SSB, determine that the SSB is the first SSB.
  • the processing module 1301 is further used to determine the first SSB based on one or more of the following information in the configuration information of the first HO-SSB: time domain information of the first HO-SSB, frequency domain information of the first HO-SSB, or polarization domain information of the first HO-SSB.
  • the transceiver module 1302 is also used to receive the second broadcast information from the first network device; wherein the second broadcast information includes the second SMTC information and the second RO resource information, the second SMTC information is used to indicate the second HO-SSB of the second network device, the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management, and the second RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resource of the second network device.
  • the processing module 1301 is also used to obtain the configuration information of the second HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB according to the second SMTC information; the processing module 1301 is also used to obtain the second SSB of the second network device when determining the cell reselection/cell switching according to the signal strength of the second HO-SSB; the transceiver module 1302 is also used to access the second network device according to the second SSB based on the second RO resource information.
  • the transceiver module 1302 is also used to obtain the second SSB based on one or more of the following information in the configuration information of the second HO-SSB: time domain information of the second HO-SSB, frequency domain information of the second HO-SSB, or polarization domain information of the second HO-SSB; or, receive third broadcast information from the second network device; wherein the third broadcast information includes the configuration information of the second SSB and the second SSB.
  • the transceiver module 1302 is further used to receive one or more SSBs from the first network device and RRC configuration information associated with each SSB; wherein the one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: a first SSB or a first HO-SSB; the RRC configuration information associated with the first SSB includes configuration information of the first SSB, and the RRC configuration information associated with the first HO-SSB includes configuration information of the first HO-SSB.
  • the transceiver module 1302 is further used to send measurement results and location information of the terminal device to the first network device; wherein the measurement results are used to indicate one or more of the following: signal strength of the first SSB or signal strength of the first HO-SSB.
  • the processing module 1301 is further configured to perform downlink synchronization with the second network device according to the second HO-SSB.
  • the transceiver module 1302 is further configured to receive timing information from the second network device according to the second SMTC information.
  • the processing module 1301 is further configured to perform uplink synchronization with the second network device according to the timing information.
  • the terminal device 130 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
  • the "module” here may refer to an ASIC, a circuit, a processor and a memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
  • the terminal device 130 may take the form of the communication device 70 shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1301 in FIG13 can be implemented by the processor 701 in the communication device 70 shown in FIG7 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 703.
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1302 in FIG13 can be implemented by the communication interface 704 in the communication device 70 shown in FIG7.
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1302 can be implemented through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system, and the function/implementation process of the processing module 1301 can be implemented through the processor (or processing circuit) of the chip or the chip system.
  • the terminal device 130 provided in this embodiment can execute the above method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above method embodiments and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG14 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a first network device 140.
  • the first network device 140 includes a processing module 1401 and a transceiver module 1402.
  • the first network device 140 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 14 ) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the transceiver module 1402 which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions.
  • the transceiver module 1402 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the transceiver module 1402 may include a receiving module and a sending module, which are respectively used to execute the receiving and sending steps performed by the first network device in the above method embodiment, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described in this document; the processing module 1401 may be used to execute the processing steps (such as determination, generation, etc.) performed by the first network device in the above method embodiment, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described in this document.
  • the transceiver module 1402 is used to send first broadcast information; wherein the first broadcast information includes one or more SSBs and configuration information of each SSB; the one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: the first SSB of the first network device, or the first HO-SS of the first network device, the first SSB is used to access the first network device, the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management, and the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB; the configuration information of the SSB includes one or more of the following: configuration information of the first SSB, or configuration information of the first HO-SSB.
  • the configuration information of the first SSB includes one or more of the following: SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, quasi-co-location information, whether associated with SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information; wherein, the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency domain, the quasi-co-location information is used to indicate the beam associated with the SSB, the first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB, and the first RO resource is used to indicate the RO resource of the first network device.
  • the configuration information of the first HO-SSB includes one or more of the following: first SMTC information, SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, quasi-co-location information, whether associated with SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information; wherein the first SMTC information includes one or more of the following: position or time triggered reselection measurement, measurement priority, reference point position, SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the first network device, or signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB; the measurement priority is used to determine the measurement order of different areas/frequencies, and the reference point position is used for position triggered measurement; the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency
  • the transceiver module 1402 is also used to send first configuration information to the second network device; wherein the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the first network device, the first RO resource information, the wireless network temporary identification RNTI, or the access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; the first RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the first network device, and the RNTI is used to partition different terminal devices.
  • the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the first network device, the first RO resource information, the wireless network temporary identification RNTI, or the access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; the
  • the transceiver module 1402 is further used to receive second configuration information from the second network device; wherein the second configuration information includes one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the second HO-SSB of the second network device, the SMTC duration associated with the second HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the second HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the second network device, the second RO resource information, RNTI, or the access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management; the second RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resource of the second network device.
  • the processing module 1401 is used to determine the second SMTC information according to the second configuration information; wherein the second SMTC information is used to indicate the second HO-SSB of the second network device.
  • the transceiver module 1402 is further configured to send second broadcast information to the terminal device; wherein the second broadcast information includes second SMTC information and second RO resource information.
  • the transceiver module 1402 is also used to send one or more SSBs and RRC configuration information associated with each SSB to the terminal device; wherein the one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: a first SSB, or a first HO-SSB; the RRC configuration information associated with the first SSB includes the configuration information of the first SSB, and the RRC configuration information associated with the first HO-SSB includes the configuration information of the first HO-SSB.
  • the transceiver module 1402 is also used to send third configuration information to the second network device; wherein the third configuration information includes one or more of the following: a first HO-SSB mode, time domain information of the first HO-SSB, frequency information of the first HO-SSB, polarization domain information of the first HO-SSB, a first HO-SSB cycle, or a first HO-SSB duration.
  • the transceiver module 1402 is further used to receive fourth configuration information from the second network device; wherein the fourth configuration information includes one or more of the following: a second HO-SSB mode of the second network device, time domain information of the second HO-SSB, frequency information of the second HO-SSB, polarization domain information of the second HO-SSB, a second HO-SSB period, or a second HO-SSB duration; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management.
  • the processing module 1401 is further used to adjust the time-frequency resources occupied by the first HO-SSB according to the fourth configuration information.
  • the first network device 140 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
  • the "module” here may refer to an ASIC, a circuit, a processor and a memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
  • the first network device 140 may take the form of the communication device 70 shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1401 in FIG14 can be implemented by the processor 701 in the communication device 70 shown in FIG7 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 703.
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1402 in FIG14 can be implemented by the communication interface 704 in the communication device 70 shown in FIG7.
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1402 can be implemented through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system, and the function/implementation process of the processing module 1401 can be implemented through the processor (or processing circuit) of the chip or the chip system.
  • the first network device 140 provided in this embodiment can execute the above method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above method embodiments and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG15 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a second network device 150.
  • the second network device 150 includes a processing module 1501 and a transceiver module 1502.
  • the second network device 150 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 15 ) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the transceiver module 1502 which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions.
  • the transceiver module 1502 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the transceiver module 1502 may include a receiving module and a sending module, which are respectively used to execute the receiving and sending steps performed by the second network device in the above method embodiment, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described in this document; the processing module 1501 may be used to execute the processing steps (such as determination, generation, etc.) performed by the second network device in the above method embodiment, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described in this document.
  • the transceiver module 1502 is used to receive first configuration information from the first network device; wherein the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB of the first network device, the SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the first network device, the first RO resource information, RNTI, or the access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; the first RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the first network device; the RNTI is used to partition different terminal devices; the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management.
  • the processing module 1501 is used to determine the first SMTC information according to the first configuration information; wherein the first SMTC information is used to indicate the first HO-SSB of the first network device.
  • the transceiver module 1502 is also used to send second configuration information to the first network device; wherein the second configuration information includes one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the second HO-SSB of the second network device, the SMTC duration associated with the second HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the second HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the second network device, the second RO resource information, or the RNTI; the second RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the second network device; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management.
  • the second configuration information includes one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the second HO-SSB of the second network device, the SMTC duration associated with the second HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the second HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the second network device, the second RO resource information, or the RNTI; the second RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the second network device; the second
  • the transceiver module 1502 is further used to receive third configuration information from the first network device; wherein the third configuration information includes one or more of the following: a first HO-SSB mode, time domain information of the first HO-SSB, frequency information of the first HO-SSB, polarization domain information of the first HO-SSB, a first HO-SSB period, or a first HO-SSB duration.
  • the processing module 1501 is further used to adjust the time-frequency resources occupied by the second HO-SSB according to the third configuration information.
  • the transceiver module 1502 is also used to send fourth configuration information to the first network device; wherein the fourth configuration information includes one or more of the following: a second HO-SSB mode of the second network device, time domain information of the second HO-SSB, frequency information of the second HO-SSB, polarization domain information of the second HO-SSB, a second HO-SSB period, or a second HO-SSB duration; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management.
  • the processing module 1501 is further configured to perform downlink synchronization with the terminal device according to the second HO-SSB.
  • the transceiver module 1502 is further used to send timing information to the terminal device according to the second SMTC information; wherein the second SMTC information is used to indicate the second HO-SSB of the second network device; and the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management.
  • the processing module 1501 is further used to perform uplink synchronization with the terminal device according to the timing information.
  • the second network device 150 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
  • the "module” here may refer to an ASIC, a circuit, a processor and a memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
  • the second network device 150 may take the form of the communication device 70 shown in FIG. 7 .
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1501 in FIG15 can be implemented by the processor 701 in the communication device 70 shown in FIG7 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 703.
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1502 in FIG15 can be implemented by the communication interface 704 in the communication device 70 shown in FIG7.
  • the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1502 can be implemented through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system, and the function/implementation process of the processing module 1501 can be implemented through the processor (or processing circuit) of the chip or the chip system.
  • the second network device 150 provided in this embodiment can execute the above method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above method embodiment and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device, the first network device or the second network device described in the embodiments of the present application can also be implemented using the following: one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), programmable logic devices (PLD), controllers, state machines, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuits, or any combination of circuits that can perform the various functions described throughout the present application.
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • PLD programmable logic devices
  • controllers state machines, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuits, or any combination of circuits that can perform the various functions described throughout the present application.
  • the terminal device, the first network device or the second network device described in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by a general bus architecture.
  • Figure 16 is a structural diagram of a communication device 160 provided in an embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 160 includes a processor 1601 and a transceiver 1602.
  • the communication device 160 can be a terminal device, or a chip or module therein; or, the communication device 160 can be a first network device, or a chip or module therein; or, the communication device 160 can be a second network device, or a chip or module therein.
  • Figure 16 only shows the main components of the communication device 160.
  • the communication device can further include a memory 1603.
  • the processor 1601 is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire communication device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the memory 1603 is mainly used to store the software program and data.
  • the transceiver 1602 may include a radio frequency circuit and an antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing radio frequency signals.
  • the antenna is mainly used to transmit and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the processor 1601, the transceiver 1602, and the memory 1603 may be connected via a communication bus.
  • the processor 1601 can read the software program in the memory 1603, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor 1601 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the RF circuit.
  • the RF circuit performs RF processing on the baseband signal and then sends the RF signal outward in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the RF circuit receives the RF signal through the antenna, converts the RF signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1601.
  • the processor 1601 converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • the RF circuit and antenna may be arranged independently of the processor performing baseband processing.
  • the RF circuit and antenna may be arranged remotely from the communication device.
  • the present application also provides a communication device, which includes a processor, and is used to implement the method in any of the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device can be a terminal device, a first network device, or a second network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the memory is used to store necessary computer programs and data.
  • the computer program may include instructions, and the processor may call the instructions in the computer program stored in the memory to instruct the communication device to execute the method in any of the above method embodiments.
  • the memory may not be in the communication device.
  • the communication device also includes an interface circuit, which is a code/data read/write interface circuit, which is used to receive computer execution instructions (computer execution instructions are stored in a memory, may be read directly from the memory, or may pass through other devices) and transmit them to the processor.
  • an interface circuit which is a code/data read/write interface circuit, which is used to receive computer execution instructions (computer execution instructions are stored in a memory, may be read directly from the memory, or may pass through other devices) and transmit them to the processor.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the communication interface is used to communicate with a module outside the communication device.
  • the communication device can be a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored.
  • a computer program or instruction is stored on which a computer program or instruction is stored.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, which implements the functions of any of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.
  • the systems, devices and methods described in the present application can also be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, i.e., they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed over multiple network units.
  • the components shown as units may or may not be physical units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above embodiments it can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • a software program it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes (or functions) described in the embodiments of the present application are implemented.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center by wired (e.g., coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) mode to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access or may contain one or more servers, data centers and other data storage devices that can be integrated with the medium.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium (e.g., a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (e.g., a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (e.g., a solid state drive (SSD)), etc.
  • the computer may include the aforementioned device.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A communication method and apparatus, which relate to the technical field of communications, and can make a terminal device better access a network device, thereby improving the communication performance between the terminal device and the network device. The method comprises: a terminal device receiving first broadcast information from a first network device; determining a first handover synchronization signal block (HO-SSB) of the first network device and configuration information of the first HO-SSB according to the first broadcast information, and determining a first synchronization signal block (SSB) of the first network device according to the configuration information of the first HO-SSB; or determining the first HO-SSB and the configuration information of the first HO-SSB, and the first SSB and configuration information of the first SSB according to the first broadcast information; and accessing the first network device according to the first SSB, wherein the first broadcast information comprises one or more SSBs and configuration information of the one or more SSBs, the first SSB is used for first network device access, the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management, and the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB.

Description

通信方法及装置Communication method and device

本申请要求于2023年7月25日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202310927355.4、申请名称为“通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on July 25, 2023, with application number 202310927355.4 and application name “Communication Method and Device”, all contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.

技术领域Technical Field

本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其是涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.

背景技术Background Art

在通信系统中,终端设备可以根据网络设备发送的信号进行信号测量,进而实现初始接入、小区切换和小区重选。示例性的,终端设备可以通过测量小区定义同步信号块(cell defined synchronization signal block,CD-SSB)和非小区定义同步信号块(non-cell defined SSB,NCD-SSB)的信号强度,选择信号强度较大的网络设备接入和/或资源分配。In a communication system, a terminal device can perform signal measurement based on a signal sent by a network device, thereby achieving initial access, cell switching, and cell reselection. For example, a terminal device can select a network device with a larger signal strength for access and/or resource allocation by measuring the signal strength of a cell defined synchronization signal block (CD-SSB) and a non-cell defined SSB (NCD-SSB).

但是,由于CD-SSB的周期短,终端设备可能会频繁的测量信号强度,增加终端设备的功耗,且CD-SSB模式(pattern)固定,CD-SSB和/或NCD-SSB之间的干扰严重,可能影响信号测量的准确性。However, due to the short cycle of CD-SSB, the terminal device may frequently measure the signal strength, increasing the power consumption of the terminal device, and the CD-SSB pattern is fixed, and the interference between CD-SSB and/or NCD-SSB is serious, which may affect the accuracy of signal measurement.

因此,如何使终端设备更好的接入网络设备,提高终端设备与网络设备的通信性能成为亟待解决的问题。Therefore, how to better enable terminal devices to access network devices and improve the communication performance between terminal devices and network devices has become an urgent problem to be solved.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本申请提供一种通信方法及装置,能够使终端设备更好的接入网络设备,提高终端设备与网络设备的通信性能。The present application provides a communication method and apparatus, which can enable a terminal device to better access a network device and improve the communication performance between the terminal device and the network device.

第一方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,也可以由终端设备的部件,例如,终端设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分终端设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。该方法包括:终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一广播信息;根据第一广播信息确定第一网络设备的第一切换同步信号块(handover SSB,HO-SSB)和第一HO-SSB的配置信息,根据第一HO-SSB的配置信息,确定第一网络设备的第一SSB;或者,根据第一广播信息确定第一HO-SSB和第一HO-SSB的配置信息、以及第一SSB和第一SSB的配置信息;根据第一SSB,接入第一网络设备。其中,第一广播信息包括一个或多个SSB和一个或多个SSB的配置信息;第一SSB用于接入第一网络设备,第一HO-SSB用于移动性管理,第一HO-SSB的周期大于第一SSB的周期,第一HO-SSB模式不固定,可动态调度。In a first aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or by a component of the terminal device, such as a processor, chip, or chip system of the terminal device, or by a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the terminal device. The method includes: the terminal device receives a first broadcast message from a first network device; determines a first handover synchronization signal block (handover SSB, HO-SSB) of the first network device and configuration information of the first HO-SSB according to the first broadcast message, and determines the first SSB of the first network device according to the configuration information of the first HO-SSB; or, determines the configuration information of the first HO-SSB and the first HO-SSB, and the configuration information of the first SSB and the first SSB according to the first broadcast message; and accesses the first network device according to the first SSB. The first broadcast message includes one or more SSBs and configuration information of one or more SSBs; the first SSB is used to access the first network device, the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management, the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB, and the first HO-SSB mode is not fixed and can be dynamically scheduled.

基于第一方面,终端设备可以通过第一广播信息获取第一HO-SSB,由于第一HO-SSB的周期大于第一SSB的周期,且第一HO-SSB的周期可以是不固定的、且该周期的取值范围可以较广,可以降低终端设备测量SSB的信号强度的频次,从而降低终端设备的功耗,同时,由于第一HO-SSB的SSB模式不固定,可以减少第一HO-SSB间的干扰,提高终端设备根据第一HO-SSB进行信号强度测量的测量结果的准确性。Based on the first aspect, the terminal device can obtain the first HO-SSB through the first broadcast information. Since the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB, and the period of the first HO-SSB can be non-fixed and the value range of the period can be wider, the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the SSB can be reduced, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device. At the same time, since the SSB mode of the first HO-SSB is not fixed, the interference between the first HO-SSBs can be reduced, and the accuracy of the measurement results of the signal strength measurement performed by the terminal device based on the first HO-SSB can be improved.

当终端设备初始接入第一网络设备时,终端设备可以根据上述方法获取第一SSB,进而根据第一SSB接入第一网络设备。当终端设备根据小区切换/小区重选条件确定待接入的网络设备时,由于终端设备测量的第一HO-SSB的信号强度的准确性的提升,根据准确性更高的测量结果,可以更准确的确定是否满足小区切换/小区重选的条件,从而可以提升小区切换/小区重选的有效性,可以更好的接入第一网络设备,提升终端设备和第一网络设备的通信性能。When the terminal device initially accesses the first network device, the terminal device can obtain the first SSB according to the above method, and then access the first network device according to the first SSB. When the terminal device determines the network device to be accessed according to the cell switching/cell reselection conditions, due to the improvement in the accuracy of the signal strength of the first HO-SSB measured by the terminal device, it can be more accurately determined whether the cell switching/cell reselection conditions are met based on the more accurate measurement results, thereby improving the effectiveness of the cell switching/cell reselection, better access to the first network device, and improving the communication performance between the terminal device and the first network device.

一种可能的实现中,第一SSB的配置信息包括下述一种或多种:SSB索引(index)、SSB类型(type)、SSB模式、子载波间隔、准共址(quasi co-location,QCL)信息、是否关联系统信息块1(systeminformation block 1,SIB1)、SSB的时域信息、SSB的频域信息、SSB的极化域信息、第一随机接入信道时机(random access channel occasion,RO)资源信息、或第一指示信息;其中,SSB模式用于指示SSB在时频域上的图案,QCL信息用于指示SSB关联的波束,第一指示信息用于指示SSB为第一SSB或第一HO-SSB;第一RO资源用于指示第一网络设备的RO资源。In one possible implementation, the configuration information of the first SSB includes one or more of the following: SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, quasi co-location (QCL) information, whether associated with system information block 1 (SIB1), time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first random access channel occasion (RO) resource information, or first indication information; wherein, the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency domain, the QCL information is used to indicate the beam associated with the SSB, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB; the first RO resource is used to indicate the RO resource of the first network device.

基于该可能的实现,终端设备可以根据SSB索引、SSB类型、SSB模式、SSB的极化域信息和第一指示信息确定SSB为第一SSB,进而实现初始接入、小区切换或者小区重选;当关联SIB1时,终端设备可以根据SIB1接入第一网络设备;终端设备可以根据第一RO资源信息确定接入第一网络设备的时频资源,尽可能避免与其他信号占用同一时频资源的情况,可以有效提高通信的可靠性。Based on this possible implementation, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first SSB according to the SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, polarization domain information of the SSB and the first indication information, and then realize initial access, cell switching or cell reselection; when associated with SIB1, the terminal device can access the first network device according to SIB1; the terminal device can determine the time and frequency resources for accessing the first network device according to the first RO resource information, and avoid occupying the same time and frequency resources with other signals as much as possible, which can effectively improve the reliability of communication.

一种可能的实现中,第一HO-SSB的配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一基于SSB的测量定时配置(SSB-based measurement timing configuration,SMTC)信息、SSB索引、SSB类型、SSB模式、子载波间隔、QCL、是否关联SIB1、SSB的时域信息、SSB的频域信息、SSB的极化域信息、第一RO资源信息、或第一指示信息;其中,第一SMTC信息包括下述一种或多种:位置或时间触发的重选测量、测量优先级、参考点位置、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、第一网络设备的星历信息、或第一HO-SSB的信号质量阈值;测量优先级用于指示不同邻区/频点的测量次序,参考点位置用于位置触发的测量;SSB模式用于指示SSB在时频域上的图案,QCL信息用于指示SSB关联的波束,第一指示信息用于指示SSB为第一SSB或第一HO-SSB,第一RO资源用于指示第一网络设备的RO资源。In one possible implementation, the configuration information of the first HO-SSB includes one or more of the following: first SSB-based measurement timing configuration (SMTC) information, SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, QCL, whether associated with SIB1, SSB time domain information, SSB frequency domain information, SSB polarization domain information, first RO resource information, or first indication information; wherein the first SMTC information includes one or more of the following: location or time triggered reselection measurement, measurement priority , reference point position, SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the first network device, or signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB; the measurement priority is used to indicate the measurement order of different neighboring cells/frequencies, and the reference point position is used for position-triggered measurement; the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time-frequency domain, the QCL information is used to indicate the beam associated with the SSB, the first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB, and the first RO resource is used to indicate the RO resource of the first network device.

基于该可能的实现,终端设备可以根据第一SMTC中的位置或时间触发的重选测量,确定终端设备在某一位置或时间段时可以进行信号强度的测量,确定测量结果满足小区重选的条件;终端设备可以根据测量优先级,先测量优先级高的邻区/频点,后测量优先级低的邻区/频点;当终端设备的位置与一个或者多个参考点位置的距离满足给定条件时,可以触发测量;终端设备可以根据第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移确定第一HO-SSB的相关信息,进而可以获得第一HO-SSB;终端设备可以根据第一网络设备的星历信息确定第一网络设备的位置;终端设备可以根据第一HO-SSB的信号强度小于第一HO-SSSB的信号质量阈值,选择接入其他网络设备,或者终端设备可以根据第一HO-SSB的信号强度大于或等于第一HO-SSSB的信号质量阈值,继续接入第一网络设备,进而使终端设备接入信号强度较高的网络设备,提高终端设备的通信质量。Based on this possible implementation, the terminal device can determine that the terminal device can measure the signal strength at a certain position or time period according to the reselection measurement triggered by the position or time in the first SMTC, and determine that the measurement result meets the cell reselection condition; the terminal device can measure the neighboring area/frequency point with high priority first and then measure the neighboring area/frequency point with low priority according to the measurement priority; when the distance between the position of the terminal device and the position of one or more reference points meets the given conditions, the measurement can be triggered; the terminal device can determine the relevant information of the first HO-SSB according to the SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, and the SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, and then obtain the first HO-SSB; the terminal device can determine the position of the first network device according to the ephemeris information of the first network device; the terminal device can choose to access other network devices according to the signal strength of the first HO-SSB being less than the signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSSB, or the terminal device can continue to access the first network device according to the signal strength of the first HO-SSB being greater than or equal to the signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSSB, thereby enabling the terminal device to access a network device with higher signal strength and improving the communication quality of the terminal device.

终端设备可以根据SSB索引、SSB类型、SSB模式、SSB的极化域信息和第一指示信息确定SSB为第一HO-SSB,进而实现初始接入、小区切换或者小区重选;当关联SIB1时,终端设备可以根据SIB1接入第一网络设备;终端设备可以根据第一RO资源信息确定接入第一网络设备的时频资源,尽可能避免与其他信号占用同一时频资源的情况,可以有效提高通信的可靠性。The terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB based on the SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, polarization domain information of the SSB and the first indication information, and then realize initial access, cell switching or cell reselection; when associated with SIB1, the terminal device can access the first network device according to SIB1; the terminal device can determine the time and frequency resources for accessing the first network device based on the first RO resource information, and avoid occupying the same time and frequency resources with other signals as much as possible, which can effectively improve the reliability of communication.

一种可能的实现中,当SSB的SSB索引大于或等于下述任一SSB索引时,终端设备确定SSB为第一HO-SSB:4、8、或64;或者,当SSB的SSB模式不是预设SSB模式时,终端设备确定SSB为第一HO-SSB;或者,当SSB的极化域信息为预设极化方向,如左旋圆极化或者右旋圆极化时,终端设备确定SSB为第一HO-SSB;或者,当SSB的配置信息中的第一指示信息指示SSB为第一HO-SSB时,终端设备确定SSB为第一HO-SSB。In one possible implementation, when the SSB index of the SSB is greater than or equal to any of the following SSB indexes, the terminal device determines that the SSB is the first HO-SSB: 4, 8, or 64; or, when the SSB mode of the SSB is not a preset SSB mode, the terminal device determines that the SSB is the first HO-SSB; or, when the polarization domain information of the SSB is a preset polarization direction, such as left-hand circular polarization or right-hand circular polarization, the terminal device determines that the SSB is the first HO-SSB; or, when the first indication information in the configuration information of the SSB indicates that the SSB is the first HO-SSB, the terminal device determines that the SSB is the first HO-SSB.

基于该可能的实现,终端设备可以根据SSB的配置信息中的SSB索引的取值、SSB模式不是预设SSB模式、SSB的极化域信息为预设圆极化以及第一指示信息,确定SSB为第一HO-SSB,进一步的,终端设备可以根据第一HO-SSB的配置信息获取第一SSB,可以根据第一SSB接入第一网络设备;或者,终端设备可以通过测量第一HO-SSB的信号强度,确定满足小区切换/小区重选的条件,接入信号强度更高的网络设备,提高终端设备的通信性能。Based on this possible implementation, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB according to the value of the SSB index in the configuration information of the SSB, the SSB mode is not the preset SSB mode, the polarization domain information of the SSB is the preset circular polarization, and the first indication information. Furthermore, the terminal device can obtain the first SSB according to the configuration information of the first HO-SSB, and can access the first network device according to the first SSB; or, the terminal device can determine that the conditions for cell switching/cell reselection are met by measuring the signal strength of the first HO-SSB, and access a network device with higher signal strength, thereby improving the communication performance of the terminal device.

一种可能的实现中,当SSB的SSB索引小于下述任一SSB索引时,终端设备确定SSB为第一SSB:4、8、或64;或者,当SSB的SSB模式为预设SSB模式时,终端设备确定SSB为第一SSB;或者,当SSB的极化域信息为预设圆极化,如左旋圆极化或者右旋圆极化时,终端设备确定SSB为第一SSB;当SSB的配置信息中的第一指示信息确定SSB为第一SSB时,终端设备确定SSB为第一SSB。In one possible implementation, when the SSB index of the SSB is less than any of the following SSB indexes, the terminal device determines that the SSB is the first SSB: 4, 8, or 64; or, when the SSB mode of the SSB is a preset SSB mode, the terminal device determines that the SSB is the first SSB; or, when the polarization domain information of the SSB is a preset circular polarization, such as left-hand circular polarization or right-hand circular polarization, the terminal device determines that the SSB is the first SSB; when the first indication information in the configuration information of the SSB determines that the SSB is the first SSB, the terminal device determines that the SSB is the first SSB.

基于该可能的实现,终端设备可以根据SSB的配置信息中的SSB索引的取值、SSB模式是预设SSB模式、SSB的极化域信息为预设圆极化以及第一指示信息,确定SSB为第一SSB,进一步的,终端设备可以根据第一SSB接入第一网络设备。Based on this possible implementation, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first SSB according to the value of the SSB index in the configuration information of the SSB, the SSB mode is the preset SSB mode, the polarization domain information of the SSB is the preset circular polarization, and the first indication information. Furthermore, the terminal device can access the first network device according to the first SSB.

一种可能的实现中,终端设备根据第一HO-SSB的配置信息中的下述一种或多种信息确定第一SSB:第一HO-SSB的时域信息、第一HO-SSB的频域信息、或第一HO-SSB的极化域信息。In one possible implementation, the terminal device determines the first SSB based on one or more of the following information in the configuration information of the first HO-SSB: time domain information of the first HO-SSB, frequency domain information of the first HO-SSB, or polarization domain information of the first HO-SSB.

基于该可能的实现,终端设备可以根据第一HO-SSB的配置信息确定第一HO-SSB,可以使第一网络设备不再额外发送第一SSB和第一SSB的配置信息,可以降低开销,节省资源。 Based on this possible implementation, the terminal device can determine the first HO-SSB according to the configuration information of the first HO-SSB, so that the first network device no longer needs to send the first SSB and the configuration information of the first SSB additionally, which can reduce overhead and save resources.

一种可能的实现中,终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第二广播信息;根据第二SMTC信息,获取第二HO-SSB和第二HO-SSB的配置信息;根据第二HO-SSB的信号强度确定进行小区重选/小区切换时,获取第二网络设备的第二SSB;基于第二RO资源信息,根据第二SSB接入第二网络设备。其中,第二广播信息包括第二SMTC信息和第二RO资源信息,第二SMTC信息用于指示第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB,第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理;第二SSB用于接入第二网络设备和移动性管理,第二HO-SSB的周期大于第二SSB的周期;第二RO资源信息用于指示第二网络设备的切换专用RO资源。In a possible implementation, the terminal device receives the second broadcast information from the first network device; obtains the second HO-SSB and the configuration information of the second HO-SSB according to the second SMTC information; obtains the second SSB of the second network device when determining to perform cell reselection/cell switching according to the signal strength of the second HO-SSB; and accesses the second network device according to the second SSB based on the second RO resource information. The second broadcast information includes the second SMTC information and the second RO resource information, the second SMTC information is used to indicate the second HO-SSB of the second network device, and the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management; the second SSB is used for accessing the second network device and mobility management, and the period of the second HO-SSB is greater than the period of the second SSB; the second RO resource information is used to indicate the switching-dedicated RO resource of the second network device.

基于该可能的实现,终端设备可以根据第二广播信息中的第二SMTC,获取第二HO-SSB和第二HO-SSB的配置信息,第二HO-SSB的周期大于第二SSB的周期,且第二HO-SSB的周期较长,即可达秒级甚至百秒级,可以降低终端设备测量第二HO-SSB的信号强度的频次,降低终端设备的功耗;且第二HO-SSB的SSB模式不固定,调度灵活,可以减少第二HO-SSB间的干扰,提高终端设备测量第二HO-SSB的信号强度的准确性;进一步的,终端设备可以更准确的确定测量结果满足小区重选/小区切换的条件,可以提升小区重选/小区切换的有效性;同时,终端设备可以基于RO资源信息,根据第二SSB接入第二网络设备,可以尽可能避免第二SSB与其他信号占用同一资源的情况,降低其他信号对第一SSB的干扰,可以有效提升终端设备和第二网络设备的通信质量。Based on this possible implementation, the terminal device can obtain the second HO-SSB and the configuration information of the second HO-SSB according to the second SMTC in the second broadcast information. The period of the second HO-SSB is greater than the period of the second SSB, and the period of the second HO-SSB is longer, that is, it can reach seconds or even hundreds of seconds, which can reduce the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the second HO-SSB and reduce the power consumption of the terminal device; and the SSB mode of the second HO-SSB is not fixed and the scheduling is flexible, which can reduce the interference between the second HO-SSBs and improve the accuracy of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the second HO-SSB; further, the terminal device can more accurately determine that the measurement result meets the conditions for cell reselection/cell switching, which can improve the effectiveness of cell reselection/cell switching; at the same time, the terminal device can access the second network device according to the second SSB based on the RO resource information, which can avoid the situation where the second SSB and other signals occupy the same resources as much as possible, reduce the interference of other signals to the first SSB, and effectively improve the communication quality of the terminal device and the second network device.

一种可能的实现中,终端设备根据第二HO-SSB的配置信息中的下述一种或多种信息获取第二SSB:第二HO-SSB的时域信息、第二HO-SSB的频域信息、或第二HO-SSB的极化域信息;或者,接收来自第二网络设备的第三广播信息;其中,第三广播信息包括第二SSB和第二SSB的配置信息。In one possible implementation, the terminal device obtains the second SSB based on one or more of the following information in the configuration information of the second HO-SSB: time domain information of the second HO-SSB, frequency domain information of the second HO-SSB, or polarization domain information of the second HO-SSB; or, receives third broadcast information from the second network device; wherein the third broadcast information includes the configuration information of the second SSB and the second SSB.

基于该可能的实现,终端设备可以根据第二HO-SSB的配置信息中的时域信息、频移信息、极化域信息主动获取第二SSB,可以使第二网络设备不用再发送第二SSB和第二SSB的配置信息,可以降低开销,节省资源;或者,终端设备在确定满足小区重选条件的第二网络设备后,也可以通过第三广播信息,获取第二SSB,可以尽可能保证终端设备获取第二SSB,可以提高通信的可靠性。Based on this possible implementation, the terminal device can actively acquire the second SSB according to the time domain information, frequency shift information, and polarization domain information in the configuration information of the second HO-SSB, so that the second network device no longer needs to send the second SSB and the configuration information of the second SSB, thereby reducing overhead and saving resources; or, after determining the second network device that meets the cell reselection conditions, the terminal device can also acquire the second SSB through the third broadcast information, which can ensure that the terminal device acquires the second SSB as much as possible and improve the reliability of communication.

一种可能的实现中,终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的一个或多个SSB和每个SSB关联的无线资源控制(ratio resource control,RRC)配置信息;向第一网络设备发送测量结果和终端设备的位置信息。其中,一个或多个SSB包括下述一种或多种:第一SSB、或第一HO-SSB;第一SSB关联的RRC配置信息包括第一SSB的配置信息,第一HO-SSB关联的RRC配置信息包括第一HO-SSB的配置信息;测量结果用于指示下述一种或多种:第一SSB的信号强度、或第一HO-SSB的信号强度;信号强度包括下述一种或者多种:参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP),参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality,RSRQ),信号干扰噪声比(signal to interference plus noise ratio,SINR)。In a possible implementation, a terminal device receives one or more SSBs and radio resource control (ratio resource control, RRC) configuration information associated with each SSB from a first network device; and sends a measurement result and location information of the terminal device to the first network device. The one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: a first SSB or a first HO-SSB; the RRC configuration information associated with the first SSB includes configuration information of the first SSB, and the RRC configuration information associated with the first HO-SSB includes configuration information of the first HO-SSB; the measurement result is used to indicate one or more of the following: a signal strength of the first SSB or a signal strength of the first HO-SSB; the signal strength includes one or more of the following: reference signal received power (reference signal received power, RSRP), reference signal received quality (reference signal received quality, RSRQ), and signal to interference plus noise ratio (signal to interference plus noise ratio, SINR).

基于该可能的实现,当终端设备接入第一网络设备时,终端设备可以通过RRC连接接收来自第一网络设备的第一HO-SSB和第一HO-SSB关联的RRC配置信息,由于第一HO-SSB的周期大于第一SSB的周期,且第一HO-SSB的周期可以是不固定的、且该周期的取值范围可以较广,可以降低终端设备测量SSB的信号强度的频次,从而降低终端设备的功耗,同时,由于第一HO-SSB的SSB模式不固定,可以减少第一HO-SSB间的干扰,提高终端设备根据第一HO-SSB进行信号强度测量的测量结果的准确性。Based on this possible implementation, when the terminal device accesses the first network device, the terminal device can receive the first HO-SSB and the RRC configuration information associated with the first HO-SSB from the first network device through the RRC connection. Since the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB, and the period of the first HO-SSB can be non-fixed and the value range of the period can be wider, the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the SSB can be reduced, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device. At the same time, since the SSB mode of the first HO-SSB is not fixed, the interference between the first HO-SSBs can be reduced, and the accuracy of the measurement results of the signal strength measurement performed by the terminal device based on the first HO-SSB is improved.

终端设备向第一网络设备发送终端设备的位置信息,可以使第一网络设备确定终端设备的位置,向第二网络设备发送终端设备的位置信息,进一步的,可以使第二网络设备知道终端设备的位置,可以更有效的和终端设备进行信息交互,提高通信质量。The terminal device sends the location information of the terminal device to the first network device, so that the first network device can determine the location of the terminal device, and send the location information of the terminal device to the second network device. Further, the second network device can know the location of the terminal device, and can more effectively exchange information with the terminal device, thereby improving the communication quality.

一种可能的实现中,终端设备根据第二HO-SSB,与第二网络设备进行下行同步。In one possible implementation, the terminal device performs downlink synchronization with the second network device according to the second HO-SSB.

基于该可能的实现,第二HO-SSB的SSB模式不固定,可以减少第二HO-SSB间和/或第一SSB的干扰,终端设备根据第二HO-SSB与第二网络设备实现下行同步,可以提高终端设备和第二网络设备通信的可靠性。Based on this possible implementation, the SSB mode of the second HO-SSB is not fixed, which can reduce interference between the second HO-SSBs and/or the first SSB. The terminal device achieves downlink synchronization with the second network device according to the second HO-SSB, which can improve the reliability of communication between the terminal device and the second network device.

一种可能的实现中,终端设备根据第二SMTC信息,接收来自第二网络设备的定时信息;还用于根据定时信息,与第二网络设备进行上行同步。In a possible implementation, the terminal device receives timing information from the second network device according to the second SMTC information; and is further configured to perform uplink synchronization with the second network device according to the timing information.

基于该可能的实现,第二HO-SSB的周期长,第二SMTC为测量第二HO-SSB的测量定时配置,终端设备可以不用频繁接收第二SMTC,可以降低终端设备的功耗;同时,终端设备可以根据第二SMTC信息中的第二网络设备的星历信息等信息,确定第二网络设备的位置,并接收来自第二网络设备的定时信息,使终端设备实现与第二网络设备的上行同步。Based on this possible implementation, the period of the second HO-SSB is long, and the second SMTC is a measurement timing configuration for measuring the second HO-SSB. The terminal device does not need to frequently receive the second SMTC, which can reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. At the same time, the terminal device can determine the position of the second network device based on the ephemeris information and other information of the second network device in the second SMTC information, and receive timing information from the second network device, so that the terminal device can achieve uplink synchronization with the second network device.

第二方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可以由第一网络设备执行,也可以由第一网络设备的部件,例如,第一网络设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分第一网络设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。该方法包括:第一网络设备发送第一广播信息;其中,第一广播信息包括一个或多个SSB和每个SSB的配置信息;一个或多个SSB包括下述一种或多种:第一网络设备的第一SSB、或第一网络设备的第一HO-SSB,第一SSB用于接入第一网络设备,第一HO-SSB用于移动性管理,第一HO-SSB的周期大于第一SSB的周期,第一HO-SSB模式不固定,可动态调度;SSB的配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一SSB的配置信息、或第一HO-SSB的配置信息。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a first network device, or by a component of the first network device, such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system of the first network device, or by a logic module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the first network device. The method includes: the first network device sends a first broadcast message; wherein the first broadcast message includes one or more SSBs and configuration information of each SSB; the one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: the first SSB of the first network device, or the first HO-SSB of the first network device, the first SSB is used to access the first network device, the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management, the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB, and the first HO-SSB mode is not fixed and can be dynamically scheduled; the configuration information of the SSB includes one or more of the following: the configuration information of the first SSB, or the configuration information of the first HO-SSB.

基于第二方面,可以使终端设备通过第一广播信息获取第一HO-SSB,由于第一HO-SSB的周期大于第一SSB的周期,且第一HO-SSB的周期可以是不固定的、且该周期的取值范围可以较大,可以降低终端设备测量SSB的信号强度的频次,从而降低终端设备的功耗,同时,由于第一HO-SSB的SSB模式不固定,可以减少第一HO-SSB间的干扰,提高终端设备根据第一HO-SSB进行信号强度测量的测量结果的准确性。Based on the second aspect, the terminal device can obtain the first HO-SSB through the first broadcast information. Since the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB, and the period of the first HO-SSB can be non-fixed, and the value range of the period can be large, the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the SSB can be reduced, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device. At the same time, since the SSB mode of the first HO-SSB is not fixed, the interference between the first HO-SSBs can be reduced, and the accuracy of the measurement result of the signal strength measurement performed by the terminal device according to the first HO-SSB is improved.

当终端设备初始接入第一网络设备时,可以使终端设备根据上述方法获取第一SSB,进而根据第一SSB接入第一网络设备。当终端设备根据小区切换/小区重选条件确定待接入的网络设备时,由于终端设备测量的第一HO-SSB的信号强度的准确性的提升,根据准确性更高的测量结果,可以更准确的确定是否满足小区切换/小区重选的条件,从而可以提升小区切换/小区重选的有效性,可以使终端设备更好的接入第一网络设备,提升终端设备和第一网络设备的通信性能。When the terminal device initially accesses the first network device, the terminal device can obtain the first SSB according to the above method, and then access the first network device according to the first SSB. When the terminal device determines the network device to be accessed according to the cell switching/cell reselection conditions, due to the improvement in the accuracy of the signal strength of the first HO-SSB measured by the terminal device, it can be more accurately determined whether the cell switching/cell reselection conditions are met based on the more accurate measurement results, thereby improving the effectiveness of the cell switching/cell reselection, enabling the terminal device to better access the first network device, and improving the communication performance between the terminal device and the first network device.

一种可能的实现中,第一SSB的配置信息包括下述一种或多种:SSB索引、SSB类型、SSB模式、子载波间隔、QCL信息、是否关联SIB1、SSB的时域信息、SSB的频域信息、SSB的极化域信息、第一RO资源信息、或第一指示信息;其中,SSB模式用于指示SSB在时频域上的图案,QCL信息用于指示SSB关联的波束,第一指示信息用于指示SSB为第一SSB或第一HO-SSB;第一RO资源用于指示第一网络设备的RO资源。In one possible implementation, the configuration information of the first SSB includes one or more of the following: SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, QCL information, whether associated with SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information; wherein, the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency domain, the QCL information is used to indicate the beam associated with the SSB, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB; the first RO resource is used to indicate the RO resource of the first network device.

基于该可能的实现,终端设备可以根据SSB索引、SSB类型、SSB模式、SSB的极化域信息和第一指示信息确定SSB为第一SSB,进而实现初始接入、小区切换或者小区重选;当关联SIB1时,终端设备可以根据SIB1接入第一网络设备;终端设备可以根据第一RO资源信息确定接入第一网络设备的时频资源,尽可能避免与其他信号占用同一时频资源的情况,可以有效提高通信的可靠性。Based on this possible implementation, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first SSB according to the SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, polarization domain information of the SSB and the first indication information, and then realize initial access, cell switching or cell reselection; when associated with SIB1, the terminal device can access the first network device according to SIB1; the terminal device can determine the time and frequency resources for accessing the first network device according to the first RO resource information, and avoid occupying the same time and frequency resources with other signals as much as possible, which can effectively improve the reliability of communication.

一种可能的实现中,第一HO-SSB的配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一基于SSB的SMTC信息、SSB索引、SSB类型、SSB模式、子载波间隔、QCL、是否关联SIB1、SSB的时域信息、SSB的频域信息、SSB的极化域信息、第一RO资源信息、或第一指示信息;其中,第一SMTC信息包括下述一种或多种:位置或时间触发的重选测量、测量优先级、参考点位置、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、第一网络设备的星历信息、或第一HO-SSB的信号质量阈值;测量优先级用于指示不同邻区/频点的测量次序,参考点位置用于指示位置触发的测量;SSB模式用于指示SSB在时频域上的图案,QCL信息用于指示SSB关联的波束,第一指示信息用于指示SSB为第一SSB或第一HO-SSB,第一RO资源用于指示第一网络设备的RO资源。In one possible implementation, the configuration information of the first HO-SSB includes one or more of the following: first SSB-based SMTC information, SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, QCL, whether associated with SIB1, SSB time domain information, SSB frequency domain information, SSB polarization domain information, first RO resource information, or first indication information; wherein the first SMTC information includes one or more of the following: position or time triggered reselection measurement, measurement priority, reference point position, SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the first network device, or signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB; the measurement priority is used to indicate the measurement order of different neighboring cells/frequencies, and the reference point position is used to indicate position triggered measurement; the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency domain, the QCL information is used to indicate the beam associated with the SSB, the first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB, and the first RO resource is used to indicate the RO resource of the first network device.

基于该可能的实现,终端设备可以根据第一SMTC中的位置或时间触发的重选测量,确定终端设备在某一位置或时间段时可以进行信号强度的测量,确定测量结果满足小区重选的条件;终端设备可以根据测量优先级,先测量优先级高的邻区/频点,后测量优先级低的邻区/频点;当终端设备的位置与一个或者多个参考点位置的距离满足给定条件时,可以触发测量;终端设备可以根据第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移确定第一HO-SSB的相关信息,进而可以获得第一HO-SSB;终端设备可以根据第一网络设备的星历信息确定第一网络设备的位置;终端设备可以根据第一HO-SSB的信号强度小于第一HO-SSSB的信号质量阈值,选择接入其他网络设备,或者终端设备可以根据第一HO-SSB的信号强度大于或等于第一HO-SSSB的信号质量阈值,继续接入第一网络设备,进而使终端设备接入信号强度较高的网络设备,提高终端设备的通信质量。Based on this possible implementation, the terminal device can determine that the terminal device can measure the signal strength at a certain position or time period according to the reselection measurement triggered by the position or time in the first SMTC, and determine that the measurement result meets the cell reselection condition; the terminal device can measure the neighboring area/frequency point with high priority first and then measure the neighboring area/frequency point with low priority according to the measurement priority; when the distance between the position of the terminal device and the position of one or more reference points meets the given conditions, the measurement can be triggered; the terminal device can determine the relevant information of the first HO-SSB according to the SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, and the SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, and then obtain the first HO-SSB; the terminal device can determine the position of the first network device according to the ephemeris information of the first network device; the terminal device can choose to access other network devices according to the signal strength of the first HO-SSB being less than the signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSSB, or the terminal device can continue to access the first network device according to the signal strength of the first HO-SSB being greater than or equal to the signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSSB, thereby enabling the terminal device to access a network device with higher signal strength and improving the communication quality of the terminal device.

一种可能的实现中,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一配置信息;其中,第一配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、第一网络设备的星历信息、第一RO资源信息、无线网络临时标识(radio network temporary identifier,RNTI)、或不同时间段对应的接入资源配置;第一RO资源信息用于指示第一网络设备的RO资源,RNTI用于分区不同的终端设备。In one possible implementation, a first network device sends first configuration information to a second network device; wherein the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: an SMTC period associated with a first HO-SSB, an SMTC duration associated with a first HO-SSB, an SMTC offset associated with a first HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the first network device, first RO resource information, a radio network temporary identifier (RNTI), or access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; the first RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the first network device, and the RNTI is used to partition different terminal devices.

基于该可能的实现,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一配置信息,可以使第二网络设备根据第一配置信息,确定第一SMTC,进一步的,第二网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一SMTC,使终端设备根据第一SMTC确定第一HO-SSB,可以使终端设备测量第一HO-SSB的信号强度,选择信号强度较高的网络设备接入,可以提高通信性能。Based on this possible implementation, the first network device sends the first configuration information to the second network device, so that the second network device can determine the first SMTC based on the first configuration information. Further, the second network device can send the first SMTC to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines the first HO-SSB based on the first SMTC. The terminal device can measure the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and select a network device with higher signal strength to access, which can improve communication performance.

一种可能的实现中,第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的第二配置信息;根据第二配置信息确定第二SMTC信息。其中,第二配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、第二网络设备的星历信息、第二RO资源信息、RNTI、或不同时间段对应的接入资源配置;第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理;第二SMTC信息用于指示第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB,第二RO资源信息用于指示第二网络设备的RO资源。In a possible implementation, the first network device receives second configuration information from the second network device; and determines the second SMTC information according to the second configuration information. The second configuration information includes one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the second HO-SSB of the second network device, the SMTC duration associated with the second HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the second HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the second network device, the second RO resource information, RNTI, or the access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management; the second SMTC information is used to indicate the second HO-SSB of the second network device, and the second RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the second network device.

基于该可能的实现,第二网络设备可以根据第二配置信息,确定第二SMTC,进一步的,可以使第一网络设备向终端设备发送第二SMTC,使终端设备根据第二SMTC确定第二HO-SSB,可以使终端设备测量第二HO-SSB的信号强度,选择信号强度较高网络设备接入,可以提高通信性能。Based on this possible implementation, the second network device can determine the second SMTC according to the second configuration information. Further, the first network device can send the second SMTC to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines the second HO-SSB according to the second SMTC. The terminal device can measure the signal strength of the second HO-SSB and select a network device with higher signal strength to access, thereby improving communication performance.

一种可能的实现中,第一网络设备发送第二广播信息;其中,第二广播信息用于指示第二SMTC信息和第二RO资源信息。In a possible implementation, the first network device sends second broadcast information; wherein the second broadcast information is used to indicate second SMTC information and second RO resource information.

基于该可能的实现,第一网络设备发送第二广播信息,可以使终端设备根据第二广播信息中的第二SMTC,获取第二HO-SSB和第二HO-SSB的配置信息,由于第二HO-SSB的周期大于第二SSB的周期,且第二HO-SSB的周期较长,即可达秒级甚至百秒级,可以降低终端设备测量SSB的信号强度的频次,降低终端设备的功耗,同时,由于第二HO-SSB的SSB模式不固定,调度灵活,可以减少第二HO-SSB间的干扰,提高终端设备根据第二HO-SSB进行信号强度测量的测量结果的准确性;进一步的,可以使终端设备更准确的确定测量结果满足小区重选/小区切换的条件,可以提升小区重选/小区切换的有效性。Based on this possible implementation, the first network device sends the second broadcast information, which can enable the terminal device to obtain the second HO-SSB and the configuration information of the second HO-SSB according to the second SMTC in the second broadcast information. Since the period of the second HO-SSB is greater than the period of the second SSB, and the period of the second HO-SSB is relatively long, i.e., it can reach seconds or even hundreds of seconds, the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the SSB can be reduced, and the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced. At the same time, since the SSB mode of the second HO-SSB is not fixed and the scheduling is flexible, the interference between the second HO-SSBs can be reduced, and the accuracy of the measurement results of the signal strength measurement performed by the terminal device according to the second HO-SSB can be improved; further, the terminal device can more accurately determine that the measurement results meet the conditions for cell reselection/cell switching, which can improve the effectiveness of cell reselection/cell switching.

一种可能的实现中,第一网络设备向向终端设备发送一个或多个SSB和每个SSB关联的RRC配置信息;其中,一个或多个SSB包括下述一种或多种:第一SSB、或第一HO-SSB;第一SSB关联的RRC配置信息包括第一SSB的配置信息,第一HO-SSB关联的RRC配置信息包括第一HO-SSB的配置信息。In one possible implementation, the first network device sends one or more SSBs and RRC configuration information associated with each SSB to the terminal device; wherein the one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: a first SSB, or a first HO-SSB; the RRC configuration information associated with the first SSB includes configuration information of the first SSB, and the RRC configuration information associated with the first HO-SSB includes configuration information of the first HO-SSB.

基于该可能的实现,当终端设备接入第一网络设备时,可以使终端设备通过RRC连接接收来自第一网络设备的第一HO-SSB和第一HO-SSB关联的RRC配置信息,由于第一HO-SSB的周期大于第一SSB的周期,且第一HO-SSB的周期可以是不固定的、且该周期的取值范围可以较大,可以降低终端设备测量SSB的信号强度的频次,从而降低终端设备的功耗,同时,由于第一HO-SSB的SSB模式不固定,可以减少第一HO-SSB间的干扰,提高终端设备根据第一HO-SSB进行信号强度测量的测量结果的准确性。Based on this possible implementation, when the terminal device accesses the first network device, the terminal device can receive the first HO-SSB and the RRC configuration information associated with the first HO-SSB from the first network device through the RRC connection. Since the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB, and the period of the first HO-SSB can be non-fixed, and the value range of the period can be large, the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the SSB can be reduced, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device. At the same time, since the SSB mode of the first HO-SSB is not fixed, the interference between the first HO-SSBs can be reduced, and the accuracy of the measurement results of the signal strength measurement performed by the terminal device based on the first HO-SSB is improved.

一种可能的实现中,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第三配置信息;其中,第三配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一HO-SSB模式、第一HO-SSB的时域信息、第一HO-SSB的频点信息、第一HO-SSB的极化域信息、第一HO-SSB周期、或第一HO-SSB持续时间。In one possible implementation, the first network device sends third configuration information to the second network device; wherein the third configuration information includes one or more of the following: a first HO-SSB mode, time domain information of the first HO-SSB, frequency information of the first HO-SSB, polarization domain information of the first HO-SSB, a first HO-SSB cycle, or a first HO-SSB duration.

基于该可能的实现,第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第三配置信息,可以使第二网络设备根据第三配置信息确定第一HO-SSB所占用的资源,进一步的,可以使第二网络设备根据第三配置信息调整第二HO-SSB所占用的资源,尽可能避免第一HO-SSB与第二HO-SSB之间的干扰,提升通信的可靠性;同时,可以使终端设备更准确的测量第一HO-SSB和第二HO-SSB的信号强度,及时接入信号强度更好的网络设备,减少移动中断时延。Based on this possible implementation, the first network device sends the third configuration information to the second network device, so that the second network device can determine the resources occupied by the first HO-SSB according to the third configuration information. Furthermore, the second network device can adjust the resources occupied by the second HO-SSB according to the third configuration information to avoid interference between the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB as much as possible, thereby improving the reliability of communication. At the same time, the terminal device can more accurately measure the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB, and promptly access the network device with better signal strength, thereby reducing the mobile interruption delay.

一种可能的实现中,第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的第四配置信息;根据第四配置信息,调整第一HO-SSB占用的时频资源。其中,第四配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB模式、第二HO-SSB的时域信息、第二HO-SSB的频点信息、第二HO-SSB的极化域信息、第二HO-SSB周期、或第二HO-SSB持续时间;第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理。In a possible implementation, the first network device receives fourth configuration information from the second network device; and adjusts the time-frequency resources occupied by the first HO-SSB according to the fourth configuration information. The fourth configuration information includes one or more of the following: a second HO-SSB mode of the second network device, time domain information of the second HO-SSB, frequency point information of the second HO-SSB, polarization domain information of the second HO-SSB, a second HO-SSB period, or a second HO-SSB duration; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management.

基于该可能的实现,第一网络设备可以根据第四配置信息确定第二HO-SSB所占用的资源,进一步的,第一网络设备可以根据第四配置信息调整第一HO-SSB所占用的资源,尽可能避免第一HO-SSB与第二HO-SSB之间的干扰,提升通信的可靠性;同时,可以使终端设备更准确的测量第一HO-SSB和第二HO-SSB的信号强度,及时接入信号强度更好的网络设备,减少移动中断时延。Based on this possible implementation, the first network device can determine the resources occupied by the second HO-SSB according to the fourth configuration information. Further, the first network device can adjust the resources occupied by the first HO-SSB according to the fourth configuration information to avoid interference between the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB as much as possible, thereby improving the reliability of communication. At the same time, the terminal device can more accurately measure the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB, timely access the network device with better signal strength, and reduce the mobile interruption delay.

第三方面,提供一种通信方法,该方法可以由第二网络设备执行,也可以由第二网络设备的部件,例如,第二网络设备的处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等执行,还可以由能实现全部或部分第二网络设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。该方法包括:第二网络设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一配置信息;根据第一配置信息确定第一SMTC信息。其中,第一配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一网络设备的第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、第一网络设备的星历信息、第一RO资源信息、RNTI、或不同时间段对应的接入资源配置;RNTI用于分区不同的终端设备;第一RO资源信息用于指示第一网络设备的RO资源;第一HO-SSB用于移动性管理;第一SMTC信息用于指示第一网络设备的第一HO-SSB。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a second network device, or by a component of the second network device, such as a processor, chip, or chip system of the second network device, or by a logic module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the second network device. The method includes: the second network device receives first configuration information from the first network device; and determines first SMTC information according to the first configuration information. Among them, the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB of the first network device, the SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the first network device, the first RO resource information, RNTI, or the access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; RNTI is used to partition different terminal devices; the first RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the first network device; the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management; the first SMTC information is used to indicate the first HO-SSB of the first network device.

基于第三方面,第二网络设备可以根据来自第一网络设备的第一配置信息,确定第一SMTC,进一步的,第二网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一SMTC,使终端设备根据第一SMTC确定第一HO-SSB,可以使终端设备测量第一HO-SSB的信号强度,选择信号强度更好的网络设备接入,可以提高通信性能。Based on the third aspect, the second network device can determine the first SMTC based on the first configuration information from the first network device. Further, the second network device can send the first SMTC to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines the first HO-SSB based on the first SMTC. The terminal device can measure the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and select a network device with better signal strength to access, thereby improving communication performance.

一种可能的实现中,第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第二配置信息;其中,第二配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、第二网络设备的星历信息、第二RO资源信息、RNTI、或不同时间段对应的接入资源配置;第二RO资源信息用于指示第二网络设备的RO资源,第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理。In one possible implementation, the second network device sends second configuration information to the first network device; wherein the second configuration information includes one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the second HO-SSB of the second network device, the SMTC duration associated with the second HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the second HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the second network device, the second RO resource information, RNTI, or access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; the second RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the second network device, and the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management.

基于该可能的实现,第二网络设备可以向第一网络设备发送第二配置信息,可以使第一网络设备确定第二SMTC,进一步的,可以使第一网络设备向终端设备发送第二SMTC,使终端设备根据第二SMTC确定第二HO-SSB,可以使终端设备测量第二HO-SSB的信号强度,选择信号强度较高网络设备接入,可以提高通信性能。Based on this possible implementation, the second network device can send the second configuration information to the first network device, so that the first network device can determine the second SMTC. Further, the first network device can send the second SMTC to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can determine the second HO-SSB based on the second SMTC. The terminal device can measure the signal strength of the second HO-SSB and select a network device with higher signal strength to access, thereby improving communication performance.

一种可能的实现中,第二网络设备接收来自第一网络设备的第三配置信息;根据第三配置信息,调整第二HO-SSB占用的时频资源。其中,第三配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一HO-SSB模式、第一HO-SSB的时域信息、第一HO-SSB的频点信息、第一HO-SSB的极化域信息、第一HO-SSB周期、或第一HO-SSB持续时间。In a possible implementation, the second network device receives third configuration information from the first network device; and adjusts the time-frequency resources occupied by the second HO-SSB according to the third configuration information. The third configuration information includes one or more of the following: the first HO-SSB mode, the time domain information of the first HO-SSB, the frequency point information of the first HO-SSB, the polarization domain information of the first HO-SSB, the first HO-SSB period, or the first HO-SSB duration.

基于该可能的实现,第二网络设备可以根据第三配置信息确定第一HO-SSB所占用的资源,进一步的,第二网络设备可以根据第三配置信息调整第二HO-SSB所占用的资源,尽可能避免第一HO-SSB与第二HO-SSB之间的干扰,提升通信的可靠性;同时,可以使终端设备更准确的测量第一HO-SSB和第二HO-SSB的信号强度,及时接入信号强度更好的网络设备,减少移动中断时延。Based on this possible implementation, the second network device can determine the resources occupied by the first HO-SSB according to the third configuration information. Further, the second network device can adjust the resources occupied by the second HO-SSB according to the third configuration information to avoid interference between the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB as much as possible and improve the reliability of communication; at the same time, the terminal device can more accurately measure the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB, timely access to the network device with better signal strength, and reduce the mobile interruption delay.

一种可能的实现中,第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第四配置信息;其中,第四配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB模式、第二HO-SSB的时域信息、第二HO-SSB的频点信息、第二HO-SSB的极化域信息、第二HO-SSB周期、或第二HO-SSB持续时间;第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理;同时,可以使终端设备接入第一网络设备,减少移动中断时延,提升提高通信性能。In one possible implementation, the second network device sends fourth configuration information to the first network device; wherein the fourth configuration information includes one or more of the following: a second HO-SSB mode of the second network device, time domain information of the second HO-SSB, frequency information of the second HO-SSB, polarization domain information of the second HO-SSB, a second HO-SSB period, or a second HO-SSB duration; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management; at the same time, the terminal device can access the first network device, reduce mobile interruption delay, and improve communication performance.

基于该可能的实现,第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第四配置信息,可以使第一网络设备根据第四配置信息确定第二HO-SSB所占用的资源,进一步的,可以使第一网络设备根据第四配置信息调整第一HO-SSB所占用的资源,尽可能避免第一HO-SSB与第二HO-SSB之间的干扰,提升通信的可靠性;同时,可以使终端设备更准确的测量第一HO-SSB和第二HO-SSB的信号强度,及时接入信号强度更好的网络设备,减少移动中断时延。Based on this possible implementation, the second network device sends the fourth configuration information to the first network device, so that the first network device can determine the resources occupied by the second HO-SSB according to the fourth configuration information. Furthermore, the first network device can adjust the resources occupied by the first HO-SSB according to the fourth configuration information to avoid interference between the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB as much as possible, thereby improving the reliability of communication. At the same time, the terminal device can more accurately measure the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB, and promptly access the network device with better signal strength, thereby reducing the mobile interruption delay.

一种可能的实现中,第二网络设备根据第二HO-SSB,与终端设备进行下行同步。In one possible implementation, the second network device performs downlink synchronization with the terminal device according to the second HO-SSB.

基于该可能的实现,第二HO-SSB的SSB模式不固定,可以减少第二HO-SSB间的干扰,第二网络设备根据第二HO-SSB与终端设备实现下行同步,可以提高终端设备和第二网络设备通信的可靠性Based on this possible implementation, the SSB mode of the second HO-SSB is not fixed, which can reduce the interference between the second HO-SSBs. The second network device implements downlink synchronization with the terminal device according to the second HO-SSB, which can improve the reliability of communication between the terminal device and the second network device.

一种可能的实现中,第二网络设备根据第二SMTC信息,向终端设备发送定时信息;根据定时信息,与终端设备进行上行同步。其中,第二SMTC信息用于指示第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB;第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理。In a possible implementation, the second network device sends timing information to the terminal device according to the second SMTC information, and performs uplink synchronization with the terminal device according to the timing information. The second SMTC information is used to indicate the second HO-SSB of the second network device; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management.

基于该可能的实现,第二HO-SSB的周期长,第二SMTC为测量第二HO-SSB的测量定时配置,终端设备可以不用频繁接收第二SMTC,可以降低终端设备的功耗;同时,第二网络设备向终端设备发送定时信息,可以使第二网络设备实现与终端设备的上行同步。Based on this possible implementation, the period of the second HO-SSB is long, and the second SMTC is a measurement timing configuration for measuring the second HO-SSB. The terminal device does not need to frequently receive the second SMTC, which can reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. At the same time, the second network device sends timing information to the terminal device, which can enable the second network device to achieve uplink synchronization with the terminal device.

第四方面,提供一种通信装置,用于实现上述第一方面所述的通信方法。该通信装置可以为第一方面中的终端设备,或者终端设备中包括的装置或部件,比如芯片。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, for implementing the communication method described in the first aspect. The communication device may be the terminal device described in the first aspect, or a device or component included in the terminal device, such as a chip.

该通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。The communication device includes a module, unit, or means corresponding to the above method, which can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.

在一些可能的实现中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块和收发模块。该收发模块,可以包括发送模块和接收模块,分别用以实现上述第一方面及其任一可能的实现中的发送类和接收类的功能。该处理模块,可以用于实现上述第一方面及其任一可能的实现中的处理功能。示例性的,收发模块,用于接收来自第一网络设备的第一广播信息。处理模块,用于根据第一广播信息确定第一网络设备的第一切换同步信号块(handover SSB,HO-SSB)和第一HO-SSB的配置信息,根据第一HO-SSB的配置信息,确定第一网络设备的第一SSB;或者,根据第一广播信息确定第一HO-SSB和第一HO-SSB的配置信息、以及第一SSB和第一SSB的配置信息;其中,第一SSB用于接入第一网络设备,第一HO-SSB用于移动性管理,第一HO-SSB的周期大于第一SSB的周期。收发模块,还用于根据第一SSB,接入第一网络设备。In some possible implementations, the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module. The transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, which are respectively used to implement the sending and receiving functions in the first aspect and any possible implementation thereof. The processing module may be used to implement the processing functions in the first aspect and any possible implementation thereof. Exemplarily, the transceiver module is used to receive the first broadcast information from the first network device. The processing module is used to determine the first handover synchronization signal block (handover SSB, HO-SSB) of the first network device and the configuration information of the first HO-SSB according to the first broadcast information, and determine the first SSB of the first network device according to the configuration information of the first HO-SSB; or, determine the configuration information of the first HO-SSB and the first HO-SSB, and the configuration information of the first SSB and the first SSB according to the first broadcast information; wherein the first SSB is used to access the first network device, the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management, and the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB. The transceiver module is also used to access the first network device according to the first SSB.

可选的,第四方面中的通信装置的收发模块和处理模块还可以执行上述第一方面的任一可能的实现中的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,所能达到的有益效果也可以参见前述相关内容。Optionally, the transceiver module and processing module of the communication device in the fourth aspect can also perform corresponding functions in any possible implementation of the first aspect mentioned above. Please refer to the detailed description in the method example for details. The beneficial effects that can be achieved can also be referred to the aforementioned related content.

第五方面,提供一种通信装置,用于实现上述第二方面所述的通信方法。该通信装置可以为第二方面中的第一网络设备,或者第一网络设备中包括的装置或部件,比如芯片。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, for implementing the communication method described in the second aspect. The communication device may be the first network device in the second aspect, or a device or component included in the first network device, such as a chip.

该通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或means,该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。The communication device includes a module, unit, or means corresponding to the above method, which can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.

在一些可能的实现中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块和收发模块。该收发模块,可以包括发送模块和接收模块,分别用以实现上述第二方面及其任一可能的实现中的发送类和接收类的功能。该处理模块,可以用于实现上述第二方面及其任一可能的实现中的处理功能。示例性的,收发模块,用于发送第一广播信息;其中,第一广播信息包括一个或多个SSB和每个SSB的配置信息;一个或多个SSB包括下述一种或多种:第一网络设备的第一SSB、或第一网络设备的第一HO-SSB,第一SSB用于接入第一网络设备,第一HO-SSB用于移动性管理,第一HO-SSB的周期大于第一SSB的周期;SSB的配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一SSB的配置信息、或第一HO-SSB的配置信息。In some possible implementations, the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module. The transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, which are respectively used to implement the sending and receiving functions in the above-mentioned second aspect and any possible implementation thereof. The processing module may be used to implement the processing functions in the above-mentioned second aspect and any possible implementation thereof. Exemplarily, the transceiver module is used to send the first broadcast information; wherein the first broadcast information includes one or more SSBs and configuration information of each SSB; the one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: the first SSB of the first network device, or the first HO-SSB of the first network device, the first SSB is used to access the first network device, the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management, and the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB; the configuration information of the SSB includes one or more of the following: configuration information of the first SSB, or configuration information of the first HO-SSB.

可选的,第五方面中的通信装置的收发模块和处理模块还可以执行上述第二方面的任一可能的实现中的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,所能达到的有益效果也可以参见前述相关内容。Optionally, the transceiver module and processing module of the communication device in the fifth aspect can also perform the corresponding functions in any possible implementation of the second aspect mentioned above. Please refer to the detailed description in the method example for details. The beneficial effects that can be achieved can also be referred to the aforementioned related content.

第六方面,提供一种通信装置,用于实现上述第三方面所述的通信方法。该通信装置可以为第三方面中的第二网络设备,或者第二网络设备中包括的装置或部件,比如芯片。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, for implementing the communication method described in the third aspect. The communication device may be the second network device in the third aspect, or a device or component included in the second network device, such as a chip.

该通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或means,该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。The communication device includes a module, unit, or means corresponding to the above method, which can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.

在一些可能的实现中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块和收发模块。该收发模块,可以包括发送模块和接收模块,分别用以实现上述第三方面及其任一可能的实现中的发送类和接收类的功能。该处理模块,可以用于实现上述第三方面及其任一可能的实现中的处理功能。示例性的,收发模块,用于接收来自第一网络设备的第一配置信息;其中,第一配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一网络设备的第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、第一网络设备的星历信息、第一RO资源信息、RNTI、或不同时间段对应的接入资源配置;RNTI用于分区不同的终端设备;第一RO资源信息用于指示第一网络设备的RO资源;第一HO-SSB用于移动性管理;第一SMTC信息用于指示第一网络设备的第一HO-SSB。处理模块,用于根据第一配置信息确定第一SMTC信息。In some possible implementations, the communication device may include a processing module and a transceiver module. The transceiver module may include a sending module and a receiving module, which are respectively used to implement the sending and receiving functions of the third aspect and any possible implementation thereof. The processing module may be used to implement the processing functions of the third aspect and any possible implementation thereof. Exemplarily, the transceiver module is used to receive first configuration information from a first network device; wherein the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: an SMTC period associated with a first HO-SSB of the first network device, an SMTC duration associated with a first HO-SSB, an SMTC offset associated with a first HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the first network device, first RO resource information, RNTI, or access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; RNTI is used to partition different terminal devices; the first RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the first network device; the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management; the first SMTC information is used to indicate the first HO-SSB of the first network device. The processing module is used to determine the first SMTC information according to the first configuration information.

可选的,第六方面中的通信装置的收发模块和处理模块还可以执行上述第三方面的任一可能的实现中的相应功能,具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,所能达到的有益效果也可以参见前述相关内容。Optionally, the transceiver module and processing module of the communication device in the sixth aspect can also perform corresponding functions in any possible implementation of the third aspect mentioned above. Please refer to the detailed description in the method example for details. The beneficial effects that can be achieved can also be referred to the aforementioned related content.

第七方面,提供一种通信装置,包括:至少一个处理器,该处理器用于通过执行存储器中存储的计算机指令或者通过逻辑电路,使得该通信装置执行上述任一方面或任一方面的可能的实现所述的通信方法。该通信装置可以为第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现中的终端设备,或者终端设备中包括的装置或部件,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现中的第一网络设备,或者该第一网络设备中包括的装置或部件,比如芯片;或者,第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现中的第二网络设备,或者第二网络设备中包括的装置或部件,比如芯片。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising: at least one processor, the processor being used to execute computer instructions stored in a memory or through a logic circuit, so that the communication device performs the communication method described in any one of the above aspects or any possible implementation of any one of the aspects. The communication device may be a terminal device in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, or a device or component included in the terminal device, such as a chip; or the communication device may be a first network device in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, or a device or component included in the first network device, such as a chip; or a second network device in the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, or a device or component included in the second network device, such as a chip.

在一些可能的实现中,该通信装置还包括存储器,用于存储计算机指令和/或逻辑电路的配置文件。可选的,该存储器和处理器集成在一起,或者,该存储器独立于处理器。In some possible implementations, the communication device further includes a memory for storing computer instructions and/or configuration files of logic circuits. Optionally, the memory is integrated with the processor, or the memory is independent of the processor.

第八方面,提供一种通信装置,包括:处理器和通信接口;该通信接口,用于输入和/或输出信号;所述处理器用于执行计算机程序或指令,以使该通信装置执行上述任一方面所述的通信方法。该通信装置可以为第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现中的终端设备,或者终端设备中包括的装置或部件,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现中的第一网络设备,或者该第一网络设备中包括的装置或部件,比如芯片;或者,第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现中的第二网络设备,或者第二网络设备中包括的装置或部件,比如芯片。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is used to input and/or output signals; the processor is used to execute a computer program or instruction so that the communication device performs the communication method described in any of the above aspects. The communication device can be a terminal device in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, or a device or component included in the terminal device, such as a chip; or the communication device can be a first network device in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, or a device or component included in the first network device, such as a chip; or a second network device in the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, or a device or component included in the second network device, such as a chip.

一些可能的实现中,该通信接口为接口电路,用于读写计算机指令,例如该接口电路用于接收计算机执行指令(计算机执行指令存储在存储器中,可能直接从存储器读取,或可能经过其他器件)并传输至该处理器。In some possible implementations, the communication interface is an interface circuit for reading and writing computer instructions. For example, the interface circuit is used to receive computer execution instructions (computer execution instructions are stored in a memory, may be read directly from the memory, or may pass through other devices) and transmit them to the processor.

一些可能的实现中,该通信接口用于与该通信装置之外的模块通信。In some possible implementations, the communication interface is used to communicate with a module outside the communication device.

在一些可能的实现中,该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统。该装置是芯片系统时,芯片系统可以包括芯片,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In some possible implementations, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system. When the device is a chip system, the chip system may include a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.

第九方面,提供一种通信装置,包括:逻辑电路和接口电路;该接口电路,用于输入信息和/或输出信息;该逻辑电路用于执行上述任一方面所述的通信方法,根据输入的信息进行处理和/或生成输出的信息。该通信装置可以为第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现中的终端设备,或者终端设备中包括的装置或部件,比如芯片;或者,该通信装置可以为第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现中的第一网络设备,或者该第一网络设备中包括的装置或部件,比如芯片;或者,第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现中的第二网络设备,或者第二网络设备中包括的装置或部件,比如芯片。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising: a logic circuit and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is used to input information and/or output information; the logic circuit is used to execute the communication method described in any of the above aspects, and process and/or generate output information according to the input information. The communication device can be a terminal device in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, or a device or component included in the terminal device, such as a chip; or the communication device can be a first network device in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, or a device or component included in the first network device, such as a chip; or a second network device in the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, or a device or component included in the second network device, such as a chip.

第十方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当该计算机程序或指令被处理器执行时,使得上述任一方面所述的通信方法被执行。In a tenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, in which a computer program or instruction is stored. When the computer program or instruction is executed by a processor, the communication method described in any of the above aspects is executed.

第十一方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品被处理器执行时,使得上述任一方面所述的通信方法被执行。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program product is provided, which, when executed by a processor, enables the communication method described in any of the above aspects to be executed.

可以理解的是,第四方面至第九方面中任一方面提供的通信装置是芯片时,上述的发送动作/功能可以理解为输出信息,上述的接收动作/功能可以理解为输入信息。It can be understood that when the communication device provided in any one of the fourth to ninth aspects is a chip, the above-mentioned sending action/function can be understood as output information, and the above-mentioned receiving action/function can be understood as input information.

其中,第四方面至第十一方面中任一种实现方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现所带来的技术效果,或者参见上述第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现所带来的技术效果,或者参见上述第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现所带来的技术效果,在此不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought about by any implementation method in the fourth to eleventh aspects can refer to the technical effects brought about by the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, or refer to the technical effects brought about by the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, or refer to the technical effects brought about by the above-mentioned third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, and will not be repeated here.

第十二方面,提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述第四方面或第四方面的任一可能的实现所述的终端设备、第五方面或第五方面的任一可能的实现所述的第一网络设备;或者,该通信系统还可以包括第六方面或第六方面任一可能的实现所述的第二网络设备。In the twelfth aspect, a communication system is provided, which includes the terminal device described in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the first network device described in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation of the fifth aspect; or, the communication system may also include the second network device described in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation of the sixth aspect.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

图1为本申请实施例提供的一种卫星通信系统的示意图;FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a satellite communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图2为本申请实施例提供的一种波束和小区的映射关系的示意图;FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between beams and cells provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图3为本申请实施例提供的一种卫星系统中群切换的示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a group switching in a satellite system provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图4为本申请实施例提供的一种小区切换的流程图; FIG4 is a flowchart of a cell switching provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图5为本申请实施例提供的一种小区同步信号块和非小区同步信号块的示意图;FIG5 is a schematic diagram of a cell synchronization signal block and a non-cell synchronization signal block provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图6为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意图;FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图7为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的示意图;FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图8为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图;FIG8 is a flow chart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图9为本申请实施例提供的一种不同同步信号块周期的示意图;FIG9 is a schematic diagram of different synchronization signal block periods provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图10为本申请实施例提供的一种不同同步信号块服务区域的示意图;FIG10 is a schematic diagram of a different synchronization signal block service area provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图11为本申请实施例提供的一种小区重选的流程图;FIG11 is a flowchart of a cell reselection provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图12为本申请实施例提供的另一种小区切换的流程图;FIG12 is a flowchart of another cell switching provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图13为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG13 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图14为本申请实施例提供的一种第一网络设备的结构示意图;FIG14 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a first network device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图15为本申请实施例提供的一种第二网络设备的结构示意图;FIG15 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a second network device provided in an embodiment of the present application;

图16为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG16 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

下面结合说明书附图对本申请实施例的实施方式进行详细描述。The implementation of the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.

在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;本申请中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。In the description of this application, unless otherwise specified, "/" indicates that the objects associated with each other are in an "or" relationship, for example, A/B can represent A or B; "and/or" in this application is merely a description of the association relationship between associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist, for example, A and/or B can represent: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural.

在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”是指两个或多于两个。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In the description of this application, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more than two. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single items or plural items. For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple.

另外,为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案,在本申请的实施例中,采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。In addition, in order to clearly describe the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "first" and "second" are used to distinguish the same items or similar items with substantially the same functions and effects. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the quantity and execution order, and words such as "first" and "second" do not necessarily limit the difference.

在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念,便于理解。In the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to indicate examples, illustrations or descriptions. Any embodiment or design described as "exemplary" or "for example" in the embodiments of the present application should not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or designs. Specifically, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "for example" is intended to present related concepts in a concrete way for easy understanding.

可以理解,说明书通篇中提到的“实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各个实施例未必指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。可以理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It is understood that the "embodiment" mentioned throughout the specification means that the specific features, structures or characteristics related to the embodiment are included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, the various embodiments in the entire specification do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. In addition, these specific features, structures or characteristics can be combined in one or more embodiments in any suitable manner. It is understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiment of the present application.

可以理解,本申请实施例中的一些可选的特征,在某些场景下,可以不依赖于其他特征,比如其当前所基于的方案,而独立实施,解决相应的技术问题,达到相应的效果,也可以在某些场景下,依据需求与其他特征进行结合。相应的,本申请实施例中给出的装置也可以相应的实现这些特征或功能,在此不予赘述。It can be understood that some optional features in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented independently in certain scenarios without relying on other features, such as the solution on which they are currently based, to solve corresponding technical problems and achieve corresponding effects, or may be combined with other features according to needs in certain scenarios. Accordingly, the devices provided in the embodiments of the present application may also realize these features or functions accordingly, which will not be elaborated here.

本申请中,除特殊说明外,各个实施例之间相同或相似的部分可以互相参考。在本申请中各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。以下所述的本申请实施方式并不构成对本申请保护范围的限定。In this application, unless otherwise specified, the same or similar parts between the various embodiments can refer to each other. In each embodiment of this application, if there is no special description and logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referenced to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments can be combined to form new embodiments according to their inherent logical relationships. The following description of the implementation methods of this application does not constitute a limitation on the scope of protection of this application.

为了方便理解本申请实施例的技术方案,首先给出本申请相关技术的简要介绍如下。In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, a brief introduction to the related technologies of the present application is first given as follows.

1)、非地面通信网络(non-terrestrial networks,NTN)1) Non-terrestrial networks (NTN)

其中,NTN被广泛应用于海上通信、定位导航、抗险救灾、科学实验、视频广播和对地观测等多个领域,同时,具有全球覆盖、远距离传输、组网灵活、部署方便和不受地理条件限制等显著优点。NTN可以包括下述一种或多种:卫星网络、高空平台、无人机。Among them, NTN is widely used in many fields such as maritime communications, positioning and navigation, disaster relief, scientific experiments, video broadcasting and earth observation. At the same time, it has significant advantages such as global coverage, long-distance transmission, flexible networking, convenient deployment and no geographical restrictions. NTN can include one or more of the following: satellite network, high-altitude platform, drone.

示例性的,将地面第五代(5th generation,5G)通信网络和卫星网络相互融合,取长补短,可以共同构成全球无缝覆盖的海、陆、空、天、或地一体化综合通信网,尽可能满足终端设备无处不在的多种业务需求。For example, the fifth-generation (5G) terrestrial communication network and the satellite network can be integrated with each other to complement each other and jointly form a global integrated communication network with seamless coverage by sea, land, air, space or ground, so as to meet the various business needs of ubiquitous terminal devices as much as possible.

可选的,NTN的重要组成部分之一为卫星网络,卫星网络可以包括下述一种或多种趋势:超密、或异构。Optionally, one of the important components of NTN is a satellite network, which may include one or more of the following trends: ultra-dense, or heterogeneous.

其中,超密可以表现为:卫星网络的规模从铱星星座的66颗发展到一网星座的720颗,并可以延展到12000+的星链(Starlink)超密低轨(low earth orbit,LEO)卫星星座。Among them, super-dense can be manifested as: the scale of the satellite network has grown from 66 satellites in the Iridium constellation to 720 satellites in the OneWeb constellation, and can be extended to the Starlink super-dense low earth orbit (LEO) satellite constellation of 12,000+.

其中,异构可以表现为:从传统的单层通信网络发展到多层通信网络,同时,通信卫星网络的功能也趋向复杂化和多样化,逐渐兼容并支持导航增强、对地观测、多维信息在轨处理等功能。Among them, heterogeneity can be manifested as: from the traditional single-layer communication network to the multi-layer communication network. At the same time, the functions of the communication satellite network are also becoming more complex and diversified, gradually becoming compatible with and supporting functions such as navigation enhancement, earth observation, and in-orbit processing of multi-dimensional information.

2)、凝视(earth-fixed或者quasi-earth fixed)和非凝视(earth-moving)卫星通信系统2) Staring (earth-fixed or quasi-earth fixed) and non-staring (earth-moving) satellite communication systems

卫星通信系统可以根据载荷(波束)的工作模式分为凝视卫星通信系统和非凝视卫星通信系统。Satellite communication systems can be divided into staring satellite communication systems and non-staring satellite communication systems according to the working mode of the payload (beam).

其中,如下图1中的(a)所示,在非凝视卫星通信系统中,在一段时间内(如时间T1、时间T2和时间T3),卫星波束覆盖的范围可以随着卫星的移动而发生变化。As shown in (a) of FIG. 1 below, in a non-staring satellite communication system, within a period of time (such as time T1, time T2, and time T3), the range covered by the satellite beam may change as the satellite moves.

其中,如下图1中的(b)所示,在凝视卫星通信系统中,在一段时间内(如时间T1、时间T2和时间T3),卫星可以通过动态调整波束指向,使得波束近似覆盖地面的同一个区域。As shown in (b) of Figure 1 below, in a staring satellite communication system, within a period of time (such as time T1, time T2, and time T3), the satellite can dynamically adjust the beam pointing so that the beam approximately covers the same area on the ground.

凝视卫星通信系统和非凝视卫星通信系统可以统称为跳波束卫星通信系统。Staring satellite communication systems and non-staring satellite communication systems can be collectively referred to as beam-hopping satellite communication systems.

3)、波束与小区之间的映射关系3) Mapping relationship between beams and cells

如下图2所示,标准定义了静态场景下波束与小区之间的映射关系:单波束-单小区配置和多波束-单小区配置。As shown in Figure 2 below, the standard defines the mapping relationship between beams and cells in static scenarios: single beam-single cell configuration and multi-beam-single cell configuration.

其中,如下图2中的(a)所示,单波束-单小区配置中,网络设备的每一个波束覆盖一个单独的小区。As shown in (a) of FIG. 2 below, in a single-beam-single-cell configuration, each beam of the network device covers a separate cell.

其中,如下图2中的(b)所示,多波束-单小区配置中,网络设备的多个波束覆盖一个小区。Among them, as shown in (b) in Figure 2 below, in the multi-beam-single-cell configuration, multiple beams of the network device cover one cell.

示例性的,在跳波束卫星通信系统中,卫星、无人机、高空平台等网络设备的移动,导致波束-小区与即波位的映射关系会发生动态变化。For example, in a beam-hopping satellite communication system, the movement of network devices such as satellites, drones, and high-altitude platforms causes the mapping relationship between beams, cells, and beam positions to change dynamically.

例如,以卫星为例,在不同的时刻,卫星可能采用不同的物理小区标识(physical community identify,PCI)集合覆盖卫星所服务的波位,为了尽可能避免不同卫星的覆盖区域重叠而造成干扰,卫星可以触发频繁的PCI变化,进一步的,会使终端设备进行小区切换/小区重选。For example, taking satellites as an example, at different times, satellites may use different physical community identifier (PCI) sets to cover the wave positions served by the satellite. In order to avoid interference caused by overlapping coverage areas of different satellites as much as possible, satellites can trigger frequent PCI changes, which will further cause terminal devices to perform cell switching/cell reselection.

4)、移动性管理4) Mobility Management

其中,移动性管理可以包括小区切换、小区重选、注册更新和跟踪区更新。Among them, mobility management may include cell switching, cell reselection, registration update and tracking area update.

在跳波束卫星通信系统中,卫星的运动可能会导致某个波位内的终端设备发生群切换(主要应用于连接态终端设备)或者群重选(主要应用于空闲态终端设备)。In a beam-hopping satellite communication system, the movement of the satellite may cause group switching (mainly applicable to connected terminal devices) or group reselection (mainly applicable to idle terminal devices) of terminal devices within a certain beam position.

其中,卫星网络的服务区域按地理位置可以划分成多个小的地理区域,每个地理区域称为一个波位。Among them, the service area of the satellite network can be divided into multiple small geographical areas according to the geographical location, and each geographical area is called a wave position.

示例性的,以群切换为例,可以如下图3所示,区域-2(Zone-2)内的单波位里面有用户设备簇(user equipment group,UE-G),如UE-G1(UE-G1内包含多个UE)。Exemplarily, taking group switching as an example, as shown in Figure 3 below, there is a user equipment cluster (UE-G) in a single wave position in Zone-2, such as UE-G1 (UE-G1 contains multiple UEs).

例如,在时间T1内,卫星-2(satellite-2,SAT-2)的一个或多个波束服务UE-G1;在时间T2内,由于SAT-2的运动,导致SAT-2不能服务该波位,可以通过卫星-1(SAT-1)的一个或多个波束接替SAT-2服务UE-G1。也就是说,UE-G1发生了群切换。For example, during time T1, one or more beams of satellite-2 (SAT-2) serve UE-G1; during time T2, due to the movement of SAT-2, SAT-2 cannot serve this beam position, and one or more beams of satellite-1 (SAT-1) can take over SAT-2 to serve UE-G1. In other words, UE-G1 has undergone group switching.

由于卫星的运动速度较快(运动速度约为7.5km/s),使得UE簇发生群切换的频次约为每次/几秒到几十秒。可以理解的是,在跳波束卫星通信系统中,以卫星移动为主导致的群切换成为常态,而在地面网络中,小区切换主要是以终端设备移动为主所导致的。Due to the high speed of satellite movement (about 7.5km/s), the frequency of group switching of UE clusters is about every few seconds to tens of seconds. It is understandable that in beam-hopping satellite communication systems, group switching caused by satellite movement becomes the norm, while in terrestrial networks, cell switching is mainly caused by terminal device movement.

5)、新空口(new radio,NR)/NTN移动性管理方法5) New radio (NR)/NTN mobility management method

一种示例性的,NR/NTN的小区切换流程可以如下图4所示,具体步骤可以为:An exemplary NR/NTN cell switching process may be shown in FIG. 4 below, and the specific steps may be:

S401、第一网络设备向终端设备发送RRC连接重配(Reconfiguration)消息;相应的,终端设备接收到来自第一网络设备的RRC Reconfiguration消息。S401. The first network device sends an RRC connection reconfiguration message to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the RRC Reconfiguration message from the first network device.

其中,RRC Reconfiguration消息可以包括多个网络设备(可以包括第一网络设备和第二网络设备)的测量配置(measure configuration,MC),MC可以用于终端设备测量多个网络设备的信号强度。Among them, the RRC Reconfiguration message may include measurement configuration (measure configuration, MC) of multiple network devices (which may include a first network device and a second network device), and MC can be used by the terminal device to measure the signal strength of multiple network devices.

S402、终端设备向第一网络设备发送完成无线资源控制连接重配(RRC Reconfiguration Complete)消息;相应的,第一网络设备接收到来自终端设备的RRC Reconfiguration Complete消息。 S402. The terminal device sends a radio resource control connection reconfiguration completion (RRC Reconfiguration Complete) message to the first network device; correspondingly, the first network device receives the RRC Reconfiguration Complete message from the terminal device.

其中,RRC Reconfiguration Complete消息用于指示终端设备接收到来自第一网络设备的RRC Reconfiguration。Among them, the RRC Reconfiguration Complete message is used to indicate that the terminal device has received the RRC Reconfiguration from the first network device.

S403、终端设备根据RRC Reconfiguration消息中的测量配置测量不同网络设备的信号强度,向第一网络设备发送测量结果;相应的,第一网络设备接收到来自终端设备的测量结果。S403. The terminal device measures the signal strength of different network devices according to the measurement configuration in the RRC Reconfiguration message, and sends the measurement result to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the measurement result from the terminal device.

其中,信号强度可以包括下述一种或者多种:RSRP、RSRQ、或SINR。The signal strength may include one or more of the following: RSRP, RSRQ, or SINR.

可选的,终端设备将测量结果上报第一网络设备,上报方式可以为周期性上报,也可以为事件触发上报,不予限制。Optionally, the terminal device reports the measurement result to the first network device, and the reporting method can be periodic reporting or event-triggered reporting, without limitation.

其中,在事件触发上报中,上报条件通常为第一网络设备的信号质量小于第一预设阈值和/或第二网络设备的信号质量大于第二预设阈值。Among them, in the event triggering report, the reporting condition is usually that the signal quality of the first network device is less than the first preset threshold and/or the signal quality of the second network device is greater than the second preset threshold.

其中,第一预设阈值和第二预设阈值可以根据实际通信场景或实际通信需求确定。The first preset threshold and the second preset threshold may be determined according to actual communication scenarios or actual communication requirements.

S404、第一网络设备根据测量结果进行切换判决。S404: The first network device makes a switching decision according to the measurement result.

其中,第一网络设备根据测量结果确定可以进行小区切换的第二网络设备。The first network device determines the second network device that can perform cell switching according to the measurement result.

例如,可以进行小区切换的第二网络设备的信号强度较高;或者,可以进行小区切换的第二网络设备的覆盖范围内的终端设备较少;或者,可以进行小区切换的第二网络设备的信号强度较高且覆盖范围内的终端设备较少,不予限制。For example, the signal strength of the second network device that can perform cell switching is higher; or, there are fewer terminal devices within the coverage range of the second network device that can perform cell switching; or, the signal strength of the second network device that can perform cell switching is higher and there are fewer terminal devices within the coverage range, and no restriction is imposed.

S405、第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送切换请求(HANDOVER REQUEST);相应的,第二网络设备接收来自第一网络设备的HANDOVER REQUEST。S405. The first network device sends a handover request (HANDOVER REQUEST) to the second network device; correspondingly, the second network device receives the HANDOVER REQUEST from the first network device.

其中,HANDOVER REQUEST可以包括终端设备进行小区切换相关的上下文信息、准入控制和预留资源等。Among them, HANDOVER REQUEST may include context information, admission control and reserved resources related to cell switching of the terminal device.

S406、第二网络设备生成准入控制。S406: The second network device generates an admission control.

其中,准入控制用于指示第二网络设备允许终端设备接入。The access control is used to instruct the second network device to allow the terminal device to access.

S407、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送切换请求回复(HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE);相应的,第一网络设备接收来自第一网络设备的HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE。S407. The second network device sends a handover request reply (HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE) to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE from the first network device.

其中,HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE用于响应来自第一网络设备的HANDOVER REQUEST。Among them, HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE is used to respond to the HANDOVER REQUEST from the first network device.

S408、第一网络设备向终端设备发送RRC Reconfiguration消息;相应的,终端设备接收到来自第一网络设备的RRC Reconfiguration消息。S408. The first network device sends an RRC Reconfiguration message to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the RRC Reconfiguration message from the first network device.

其中,与上述S401中携带多个网络设备的MC的RRC Reconfiguration消息不同,S408中的RRC Reconfiguration消息携带的是切换(handover,HO)的资源,用于指示终端设备可以接入的第二网络设备,同时,终端设备可以获得第二网络设备的控制信息。Among them, different from the RRC Reconfiguration message of the MC carrying multiple network devices in the above S401, the RRC Reconfiguration message in S408 carries handover (HO) resources, which are used to indicate the second network device that the terminal device can access. At the same time, the terminal device can obtain the control information of the second network device.

S409、第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送序列号状态转移(SN STATUS TRANSFER);相应的,第二网络设备接收来自第一网络设备的SN STATUS TRANSFER。S409. The first network device sends a sequence number status transfer (SN STATUS TRANSFER) to the second network device; correspondingly, the second network device receives the SN STATUS TRANSFER from the first network device.

其中,第一网络设备向第二网络设备转发终端设备用于小区切换的数据。The first network device forwards data of the terminal device for cell switching to the second network device.

S410、终端设备向第二网络设备发送消息1(Message 1,MSG1);相应的,第二网络设备接收来自第一网络设备的MSG1。S410. The terminal device sends message 1 (Message 1, MSG1) to the second network device. Correspondingly, the second network device receives MSG1 from the first network device.

其中,MSG1可以包括随机接入信息,终端设备根据随机接入流程接入第二网络设备。Among them, MSG1 may include random access information, and the terminal device accesses the second network device according to the random access process.

S411、第二网络设备向终端设备发送消息2(Message 2,MSG2);相应的,终端设备接收来自第二网络设备的MSG2。S411. The second network device sends Message 2 (Message 2, MSG2) to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives MSG2 from the second network device.

其中,MSG2包括随机接入响应,用于指示第二网络设备接收到来自终端设备的MSG1,终端设备接入第二网络设备。Among them, MSG2 includes a random access response, which is used to indicate that the second network device receives MSG1 from the terminal device, and the terminal device accesses the second network device.

S412、终端设备向第二网络设备发送RRC Reconfiguration Complete消息;相应的,第二网络设备接收来自终端设备的RRC Reconfiguration Complete消息。S412. The terminal device sends an RRC Reconfiguration Complete message to the second network device. Correspondingly, the second network device receives the RRC Reconfiguration Complete message from the terminal device.

可选的,终端设备接入第二网络设备后,第二网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行数据,终端设备可以向第二网络设备发送上行数据,实现终端设备和第二网络设备间的信息交互。Optionally, after the terminal device accesses the second network device, the second network device can send downlink data to the terminal device, and the terminal device can send uplink data to the second network device, thereby realizing information interaction between the terminal device and the second network device.

S413、第二网络设备向接入和移动性管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF)网元发送信道切换请求(PATH SWITCH REQUEST);相应的,AMF网元接收来自第二网络设备的PATH SWITCH REQUEST。S413. The second network device sends a channel switching request (PATH SWITCH REQUEST) to the Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF) network element. Correspondingly, the AMF network element receives the PATH SWITCH REQUEST from the second network device.

其中,AMF网元用于管理终端设备的接入和移动,主要负责终端设备的认证、终端设备移动性管理,终端设备的寻呼等功能。Among them, the AMF network element is used to manage the access and mobility of terminal devices, and is mainly responsible for terminal device authentication, terminal device mobility management, terminal device paging and other functions.

S414、AMF网元向第二网络设备发送信道切换请求响应(PATH SWITCH REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE);相应的,第二网络设备接收来自AMF网元的PATH SWITCH REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE。S414. The AMF network element sends a channel switch request response (PATH SWITCH REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE) to the second network device. Correspondingly, the second network device receives the PATH SWITCH REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE from the AMF network element.

可选的,AMF网元可以向第二网络设备发送终端数据;相应的,第二网络设备可以向AMF网元发送上行数据。Optionally, the AMF network element can send terminal data to the second network device; correspondingly, the second network device can send uplink data to the AMF network element.

可选的,AMF网元可以向第一网络设备发送下行数据;相应的,第一网络设备可以向AMF网元发送上行数据。Optionally, the AMF network element can send downlink data to the first network device; correspondingly, the first network device can send uplink data to the AMF network element.

可选的,第一网络设备可以向第二网络设备发送终端数据。Optionally, the first network device may send terminal data to the second network device.

S415、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送终端设备上下文释放(UE CONTEXT RELEASE)消息;相应的,第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的UE CONTEXT RELEASE消息。S415. The second network device sends a terminal device context release (UE CONTEXT RELEASE) message to the first network device; correspondingly, the first network device receives the UE CONTEXT RELEASE message from the second network device.

S416、第二网络设备向终端设备发送RRC Reconfiguration消息;相应的,终端设备接收到来自第二网络设备的RRC Reconfiguration消息。S416. The second network device sends an RRC Reconfiguration message to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the RRC Reconfiguration message from the second network device.

其中,RRC Reconfiguration消息包括多个网络设备的MC,作用与S401中的RRC Reconfiguration一致,在此不再赘述。Among them, the RRC Reconfiguration message includes MCs of multiple network devices, and its function is consistent with the RRC Reconfiguration in S401, which will not be repeated here.

S417、终端设备向第一网络设备发送RRC Reconfiguration Complete消息;相应的,第一网络设备接收到来自终端设备的RRC Reconfiguration Complete消息。S417. The terminal device sends an RRC Reconfiguration Complete message to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the RRC Reconfiguration Complete message from the terminal device.

需要说明的是,终端设备在进行小区切换时采用的随机接入前导为专用前导,与初始接入时的基于竞争的随机接入前导不同。同时,终端设备进行小区切换时,随机接入信道(random access channel,RACH)的周期支持的配置为10/20/40/80/160ms,与初始接入的RACH的周期支持的配置相同。It should be noted that the random access preamble used by the terminal device during cell switching is a dedicated preamble, which is different from the contention-based random access preamble used during initial access. At the same time, when the terminal device performs cell switching, the periodic configuration supported by the random access channel (RACH) is 10/20/40/80/160ms, which is the same as the periodic configuration supported by the RACH of initial access.

另一种示例性的,在NR/NTN的小区重选流程中,第一网络设备将第二网络设备的测量配置以及相关参数以广播的形式发送给终端设备,终端设备根据第二网络设备的测量配置对第二网络设备的信号强度进行测量,将得到的测量值(如RSRP或RSRQ)与网络下发的参数(如重选预设阈值等)进行比较,当测量值大于重选预设阈值时,终端设备自主重选到目标邻区。Another exemplary example is that in the cell reselection process of NR/NTN, the first network device sends the measurement configuration and related parameters of the second network device to the terminal device in the form of broadcast. The terminal device measures the signal strength of the second network device according to the measurement configuration of the second network device, and compares the obtained measurement value (such as RSRP or RSRQ) with the parameters sent by the network (such as the preset reselection threshold, etc.). When the measurement value is greater than the preset reselection threshold, the terminal device autonomously reselects to the target neighboring cell.

基于上述小区切换和小区重选的描述,可以理解的是,在NTN网络中,由于卫星的移动,远近效应不明显,只依靠信号强度触发小区切换/小区重选可能导致效率较低。因此,NTN考虑了位置辅助的小区切换/小区重选增强技术。Based on the above description of cell switching and cell reselection, it can be understood that in the NTN network, due to the movement of satellites, the near-far effect is not obvious, and relying solely on signal strength to trigger cell switching/cell reselection may result in low efficiency. Therefore, NTN considers location-assisted cell switching/cell reselection enhancement technology.

例如,基于时间/定时器、终端设备的位置信息(如终端设备与第一网络设备关联的小区的参考点距离大于第一预设阈值,且与第二网络设备关联的小区的参考点距离小于第二预设阈值)和计时器/位置+信号强度结合等多种方式,实现NTN网络的移动性管理。For example, the mobility management of the NTN network can be achieved based on various methods such as time/timer, location information of the terminal device (such as the reference point distance of the terminal device to the cell associated with the first network device is greater than the first preset threshold, and the reference point distance of the cell associated with the second network device is less than the second preset threshold) and timer/location + signal strength combination.

其中,计时器/位置+信号强度结合的方式可以为终端设备在某一时刻测量的信号强度高于预设阈值;或者,计时器/位置+信号强度结合的方式可以为终端设备与第一网络设备关联的小区的某一距离处测量的信号强度高于预设阈值;或者,计时器/位置+信号强度结合的方式也可以为在某一时刻、终端设备与第一网络设备关联的小区的某一距离处测量的信号强度高于预设阈值,不予限制。Among them, the timer/location + signal strength combination method can be that the signal strength measured by the terminal device at a certain moment is higher than a preset threshold; or, the timer/location + signal strength combination method can be that the signal strength measured at a certain distance between the terminal device and the cell associated with the first network device is higher than the preset threshold; or, the timer/location + signal strength combination method can also be that the signal strength measured at a certain distance between the terminal device and the cell associated with the first network device at a certain moment is higher than the preset threshold, without restriction.

但是,NR/NTN的小区切换/小区重选可以是由终端设备的移动主动触发的,也可以是由网络设备的移动主动触发的。例如,在LEO场景下,第一网络设备(如卫星)移动时可能触发群切换/群重选,基于上述小区切换/小区重选的方法实现群切换/群重选可能会导致第一网络设备的工作效率低下,同时,第一网络设备会频繁的更新测量配置,增加功耗。However, the cell switching/cell reselection of NR/NTN can be actively triggered by the movement of the terminal device or the movement of the network device. For example, in the LEO scenario, the movement of the first network device (such as a satellite) may trigger group switching/group reselection. Implementing group switching/group reselection based on the above-mentioned cell switching/cell reselection method may lead to low working efficiency of the first network device. At the same time, the first network device will frequently update the measurement configuration, increasing power consumption.

综上所述,在通信系统中,终端设备可以根据网络设备发送的信号进行信号测量,进而实现初始接入、小区切换和小区重选。示例性的,为了辅助终端设备测量信号,如下图5所示,NR定义了CD-SSB和NCD-SSB。In summary, in a communication system, a terminal device can perform signal measurement based on a signal sent by a network device, thereby achieving initial access, cell switching, and cell reselection. For example, in order to assist a terminal device in measuring a signal, as shown in FIG5 below, NR defines CD-SSB and NCD-SSB.

其中,CD-SSB可以包括同步信号块1(SSB1)和同步信号块3(SSB3),可以携带控制资源集(control resource set,CORESET),如携带CORESET 0的配置信息和Type 0-PDCCH公共搜索空间(common search space,CSS)的监听时机的配置信息;同时,终端设备可以基于CD-SSB进行小区重选/小区切换的相关的测量。 Among them, CD-SSB can include synchronization signal block 1 (SSB1) and synchronization signal block 3 (SSB3), and can carry a control resource set (CORESET), such as the configuration information of CORESET 0 and the configuration information of the listening timing of Type 0-PDCCH common search space (CSS); at the same time, the terminal device can perform relevant measurements of cell reselection/cell switching based on CD-SSB.

其中,NCD-SSB可以包括同步信号块2(SSB2)和同步信号块(SSB3),不携带关联的控制资源集(control resource set,CORESET)的相关信息,如不携带CORESET 0的配置信息和Type 0-PDCCH公共搜索空间(common search space,CSS)的监听时机的配置信息;同时,NCD-SSB可以进行无线资源管理,支持不在初始(Initial)的部分带宽(bandwidth part,BWP)内的终端设备的信号测量。Among them, NCD-SSB may include synchronization signal block 2 (SSB2) and synchronization signal block (SSB3), and does not carry relevant information of the associated control resource set (CORESET), such as configuration information of CORESET 0 and configuration information of the monitoring timing of Type 0-PDCCH common search space (CSS); at the same time, NCD-SSB can perform wireless resource management and support signal measurement of terminal devices that are not within the initial (Initial) partial bandwidth (bandwidth part, BWP).

可以理解的是,CD-SSB与NCD-SSB都是基于频分复用实现相关配置,即CD-SSB和NCD-SSB配置在不同的频域和BWP内,当初始接入的终端设备接收到NCD-SSB时,终端设备可以基于NCD-SSB中携带的主信息块(master information block,MIB)消息中的同步信号块-子载波偏置(SSB-SubcarrierOffset)(对应K_SSB字段)获取CD-SSB在频域上的位置。进一步的,终端设备可以根据CD-SSB关联的配置信息进行信号测量,并根据测量结果接入网络设备。It can be understood that both CD-SSB and NCD-SSB are configured based on frequency division multiplexing, that is, CD-SSB and NCD-SSB are configured in different frequency domains and BWPs. When the initial access terminal device receives NCD-SSB, the terminal device can obtain the position of CD-SSB in the frequency domain based on the synchronization signal block-subcarrier offset (SSB-SubcarrierOffset) (corresponding to the K_SSB field) in the master information block (MIB) message carried in NCD-SSB. Furthermore, the terminal device can perform signal measurement based on the configuration information associated with CD-SSB and access the network device based on the measurement results.

但是,CD-SSB/NCD-SSB基于频分复用的方式为不同波位服务,需要在不同频率上测量信号并分配测量间隙(measurement gap),使终端设备在移动性管理中进行信号测量的效率较低;同时,CD-SSB和NCD-SSB的周期短,终端设备可能会频繁的测量信号质量,增加终端设备的功耗,并且,CD-SSB和NCD-SSB的SSB模式固定,CD-SSB和/或NCD-SSB之间的干扰严重,可能降低信号测量的准确性。However, CD-SSB/NCD-SSB serves different wave positions based on frequency division multiplexing, and needs to measure signals at different frequencies and allocate measurement gaps, which makes the efficiency of terminal devices in performing signal measurement in mobility management low. At the same time, the cycles of CD-SSB and NCD-SSB are short, and terminal devices may frequently measure signal quality, increasing the power consumption of terminal devices. Moreover, the SSB modes of CD-SSB and NCD-SSB are fixed, and the interference between CD-SSB and/or NCD-SSB is serious, which may reduce the accuracy of signal measurement.

本申请为了解决上述技术问题,提出一种通信方法,该方法包括:终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一广播信息;根据第一广播信息确定第一网络设备的第一切换同步信号块HO-SSB和第一HO-SSB的配置信息,根据第一HO-SSB的配置信息,确定第一网络设备的第一SSB;或者,根据第一广播信息确定第一HO-SSB和第一HO-SSB的配置信息、以及第一SSB和第一SSB的配置信息;根据第一SSB,接入第一网络设备。其中,第一广播信息包括一个或多个SSB和一个或多个SSB的配置信息;第一SSB用于接入第一网络设备,第一HO-SSB用于移动性管理,第一HO-SSB的周期大于第一SSB的周期。In order to solve the above technical problems, the present application proposes a communication method, which includes: a terminal device receives a first broadcast message from a first network device; determines a first handover synchronization signal block HO-SSB of the first network device and configuration information of the first HO-SSB according to the first broadcast message, and determines a first SSB of the first network device according to the configuration information of the first HO-SSB; or, determines the configuration information of the first HO-SSB and the first HO-SSB, and the configuration information of the first SSB and the first SSB according to the first broadcast message; accesses the first network device according to the first SSB. The first broadcast message includes one or more SSBs and configuration information of one or more SSBs; the first SSB is used to access the first network device, the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management, and the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB.

由于第一SSB的周期短,第一网络设备需要频繁广播第一SSB,导致终端设备频繁的测量第一SSB的信号强度,增加终端设备的功耗,同时第一SSB的SSB模式固定,可能增加第一SSB之间的干扰,影响终端设备测量第一SSB信号强度的准确性。基于此,本申请实施例提供的通信方法中,终端设备可以通过第一广播信息获取第一HO-SSB,由于第一HO-SSB的周期大于第一SSB的周期,且第一HO-SSB的周期可以是不固定的、且该周期的取值范围可以较大,可以降低终端设备测量SSB的信号强度的频次,从而降低终端设备的功耗,同时,由于第一HO-SSB的SSB模式不固定,可以减少第一HO-SSB间的干扰,提高终端设备根据第一HO-SSB进行信号强度测量的测量结果的准确性。Since the period of the first SSB is short, the first network device needs to frequently broadcast the first SSB, which causes the terminal device to frequently measure the signal strength of the first SSB, increasing the power consumption of the terminal device. At the same time, the SSB mode of the first SSB is fixed, which may increase the interference between the first SSBs and affect the accuracy of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the first SSB. Based on this, in the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can obtain the first HO-SSB through the first broadcast information. Since the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB, and the period of the first HO-SSB can be unfixed and the value range of the period can be large, the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the SSB can be reduced, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device. At the same time, since the SSB mode of the first HO-SSB is unfixed, the interference between the first HO-SSBs can be reduced, and the accuracy of the measurement result of the signal strength measurement performed by the terminal device according to the first HO-SSB is improved.

当终端设备初始接入第一网络设备时,终端设备可以根据上述方法获取第一SSB,进而根据第一SSB接入第一网络设备。当终端设备根据小区切换/小区重选条件确定待接入的网络设备时,由于终端设备测量的第一HO-SSB的信号强度的准确性的提升,根据准确性更高的测量结果,可以更准确的确定是否满足小区切换/小区重选的条件,从而可以提升小区切换/小区重选的有效性,可以更好的接入第一网络设备,提升终端设备和第一网络设备的通信性能。When the terminal device initially accesses the first network device, the terminal device can obtain the first SSB according to the above method, and then access the first network device according to the first SSB. When the terminal device determines the network device to be accessed according to the cell switching/cell reselection conditions, due to the improvement in the accuracy of the signal strength of the first HO-SSB measured by the terminal device, it can be more accurately determined whether the cell switching/cell reselection conditions are met based on the more accurate measurement results, thereby improving the effectiveness of the cell switching/cell reselection, better access to the first network device, and improving the communication performance between the terminal device and the first network device.

本申请实施例的技术方案可用于各种通信系统,该通信系统可以为第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)通信系统,例如,第四代(4th generation,4G)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)、5G移动通信系统、NR,或者LTE和5G混合组网的系统中,或者NTN系统,或者第六代(6th generation,6G)等5G之后演进的移动通信系统、车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X)系统,或者设备到设备(device-to-device,D2D)通信系统、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信系统、物联网(internet of things,IoT)、窄带物联网(narrow band-internet of things,NB-IoT)、其他下一代通信系统、感知通信一体化系统、卫星通信系统等。该通信系统也可以为非3GPP通信系统,例如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)等无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)系统,不予限制。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be used in various communication systems, which may be a third generation partnership project (3GPP) communication system, for example, a fourth generation (4G), long term evolution (LTE), 5G mobile communication system, NR, or a system of LTE and 5G hybrid networking, or an NTN system, or a sixth generation (6G) or other mobile communication system evolved after 5G, a vehicle to everything (V2X) system, or a device-to-device (D2D) communication system, a machine to machine (M2M) communication system, the Internet of Things (IoT), the narrowband Internet of Things (NB-IoT), other next generation communication systems, perception and communication integrated systems, satellite communication systems, etc. The communication system may also be a non-3GPP communication system, such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) and other wireless local area network (WLAN) systems, without restriction.

示例性的,如图6所示,为本申请提供的一种通信系统的示意图。该通信系统可以包括一个或多个终端设备、一个或多个网络设备。Exemplarily, as shown in Fig. 6, it is a schematic diagram of a communication system provided by the present application. The communication system may include one or more terminal devices and one or more network devices.

其中,终端设备可以接入网络设备,也可以在不同的网络设备之间进行切换。Among them, the terminal device can access the network device and can also switch between different network devices.

本申请可以适用于各种通信场景,例如,同步,信道估计,信号检测,波束测量等。The present application can be applied to various communication scenarios, such as synchronization, channel estimation, signal detection, beam measurement, etc.

上述适用本申请的通信系统和通信场景仅是举例说明,适用本申请的通信系统和通信场景不限于此,上述说明也不对本申请的方案造成任何限定。The above-mentioned communication systems and communication scenarios applicable to the present application are merely examples, and the communication systems and communication scenarios applicable to the present application are not limited thereto, and the above-mentioned description does not impose any limitation on the solutions of the present application.

其中,本申请实施例中的终端设备可以是具有无线收发功能的设备或可设置于该设备的芯片或芯片系统,可以允许用户接入网络,是用于向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备。终端设备也可以称为UE、用户单元(subscriber unit)、终端(terminal)或者移动台(mobile station,MS)或者移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等。The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device with wireless transceiver function or a chip or chip system that can be set in the device, which can allow users to access the network and is a device for providing voice and/or data connectivity to users. The terminal device may also be called UE, subscriber unit, terminal, mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc.

可选的,本申请实施例中的终端设备,可以是用于实现无线通信功能的用户侧设备,例如终端或者可用于终端中的芯片等。其中,终端可以是5G网络或者5G之后演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的UE、用户单元、接入终端、终端单元、终端站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、无线通信设备、终端代理或终端装置等。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、智能电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线数据卡、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备(handset)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、平板型电脑、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、无人机、机器人、智能销售点(point of sale,POS)机、客户终端设备(customer-premises equipment,CPE)或可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、5G网络或者未来通信网络中的无线终端等。或者,终端可以是IoT中具有通信功能的终端,例如V2X中的终端(例如车联网设备)、D2D通信中的终端、或者M2M通信中的终端等。终端可以是移动的,也可以是固定的。Optionally, the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be a user-side device for realizing a wireless communication function, such as a terminal or a chip that can be used in a terminal, etc. The terminal may be a UE, a user unit, an access terminal, a terminal unit, a terminal station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a wireless communication device, a terminal agent or a terminal device, etc. in a 5G network or a public land mobile network (PLMN) evolved after 5G. The access terminal can be a cellular phone, a smart phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless data card, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a handheld device with wireless communication function (handset), a laptop computer, a tablet computer, a computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, a vehicle-mounted device, a drone, a robot, a smart point of sale (POS) machine, a customer-premises equipment (CPE) or a wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal equipment, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in machine type communication (MTC), wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, wireless terminals in 5G network or future communication network, etc. Alternatively, the terminal may be a terminal with communication function in IoT, such as a terminal in V2X (such as a vehicle networking device), a terminal in D2D communication, or a terminal in M2M communication, etc. The terminal may be mobile or fixed.

其中,本申请实施例中的网络设备(可以为第一网络设备和第二网络设备)可以是任意一种部署在接入网中能够和终端设备进行无线通信的设备,还可以是可设置于上述设备的芯片或芯片系统,还可以是逻辑节点或者逻辑模块或者以软件方式实现的功能,可以用于实现无线物理控制功能、资源调度和无线资源管理、无线接入控制以及移动性管理等功能。Among them, the network device in the embodiment of the present application (which may be the first network device and the second network device) can be any device deployed in the access network that can communicate wirelessly with the terminal device, or it can be a chip or chip system that can be set in the above-mentioned device, or it can be a logical node or a logical module or a function implemented in software, which can be used to implement wireless physical control functions, resource scheduling and wireless resource management, wireless access control, mobility management and other functions.

具体的,网络设备可以为支持有线接入的设备,也可以为支持无线接入的设备。Specifically, the network device may be a device supporting wired access or a device supporting wireless access.

示例性的,该网络设备可以是无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的节点,或者可以称为无线接入网节点(或设备)。网络设备还可以是全球移动通信系统(global system for mobile communication,GSM)或码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)网络中的基站收发信台(base transceiver station,BTS)。或者,还网络设备可以是宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)网络中的基站(NodeB)。或者,网络设备还可以是LTE系统或增强的LTE(LTE-advanced,LTE-A)系统中的演进型基站(evolutional Node B,e-NodeB或NodeB或eNB),如传统的宏基站eNB和异构网络场景下的微基站eNB。或者,网络设备还可以是NR系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB)。或者,网络设备可以是未来演进的PLMN中的网络设备。或者,网络设备可以包括传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU)、基带池(BBU pool),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)接入点(access point,AP)等。或者,网络设备可以包括NTN中的基站,即可以部署于飞行平台或者卫星,在NTN中,网络设备可以作为层1(L1)中继(relay),或者可以作为基站,或者可以作为接入回传一体化(integrated access and backhual,IAB)节点。或者,网络设备可以是IoT中实现基站功能的设备,例如无人机通信、V2X、D2D、或者M2M中实现基站功能的设备。或者,网络设备可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器。或者,网络设备还可以是可穿戴设备或车载设备。Exemplarily, the network device may be a node in a radio access network (RAN), or may be referred to as a radio access network node (or device). The network device may also be a base transceiver station (BTS) in a global system for mobile communication (GSM) or a code division multiple access (CDMA) network. Alternatively, the network device may be a base station (NodeB) in a wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) network. Alternatively, the network device may also be an evolutionary Node B (e-NodeB or NodeB or eNB) in an LTE system or an enhanced LTE (LTE-advanced, LTE-A) system, such as a traditional macro base station eNB and a micro base station eNB in a heterogeneous network scenario. Alternatively, the network device may also be a next generation node B (gNB) in an NR system. Alternatively, the network device may be a network device in a future evolved PLMN. Alternatively, the network device may include a transmission reception point (TRP), a home base station (e.g., home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), a base band unit (BBU), a base band pool (BBU pool), or a wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access point (AP), etc. Alternatively, the network device may include a base station in an NTN, that is, it may be deployed on a flight platform or a satellite. In the NTN, the network device may serve as a layer 1 (L1) relay, or as a base station, or as an integrated access and backhaul (IAB) node. Alternatively, the network device may be a device that implements a base station function in IoT, such as a device that implements a base station function in drone communication, V2X, D2D, or M2M. Alternatively, the network device may be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario. Alternatively, the network device may also be a wearable device or a vehicle-mounted device.

网络设备还可以是能够实现基站部分功能的模块或单元,例如,网络设备可以是集中式单元(central unit,CU),分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),CU-控制面(control plane,CP),CU-用户面(user plane,UP),或者无线单元(radio unit,RU)等。CU和DU可以是单独设置,或者也可以包括在同一个网元中,例如基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)中。RU可以包括在射频设备或者射频单元中,例如包括在射频拉远单元(remote radio unit,RRU)、有源天线处理单元(active antenna unit,AAU)或远程射频头(remote radio head,RRH)中。The network device may also be a module or unit that can implement some functions of the base station, for example, the network device may be a centralized unit (CU), a distributed unit (DU), a CU-control plane (CP), a CU-user plane (UP), or a radio unit (RU). The CU and DU may be separately configured, or may be included in the same network element, such as a baseband unit (BBU). The RU may be included in a radio frequency device or radio unit, such as a remote radio unit (RRU), an active antenna unit (AAU), or a remote radio head (RRH).

在不同系统中,CU(或CU-CP和CU-UP)、DU或RU也可以有不同的名称,但是本领域的技术人员可以理解其含义。例如,网络设备可以是开放无线接入网(open RAN,ORAN)系统中的网络设备或网络设备的模块。在ORAN系统中,CU还可以称为开放(open,O)-CU,DU还可以称为O-DU,CU-CP还可以称为O-CU-CP,CU-UP还可以称为O-CU-UP,RU还可以称为O-RU。本申请中的CU(或CU-CP、CU-UP)、DU和RU中的任一单元,可以是通过软件模块、硬件模块、或者软件模块与硬件模块结合来实现。In different systems, CU (or CU-CP and CU-UP), DU or RU may also have different names, but those skilled in the art can understand their meanings. For example, the network device may be a network device or a module of a network device in an open radio access network (open RAN, ORAN) system. In the ORAN system, CU may also be referred to as open (open, O)-CU, DU may also be referred to as O-DU, CU-CP may also be referred to as O-CU-CP, CU-UP may also be referred to as O-CU-UP, and RU may also be referred to as O-RU. Any of the CU (or CU-CP, CU-UP), DU and RU in this application may be implemented by a software module, a hardware module, or a combination of a software module and a hardware module.

可选的,本申请实施例中的基站可以包括各种形式的基站,例如:宏基站、微基站(也称为小站)、中继站、接入点、家庭基站、TRP、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板、或者移动交换中心等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the base station in the embodiments of the present application may include various forms of base stations, such as: a macro base station, a micro base station (also called a small station), a relay station, an access point, a home base station, a TRP, a transmitting point (TP), one or a group of (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of a base station in a 5G system, or a mobile switching center, etc. The embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.

可选的,图6所示的通信系统还可以包括核心网设备(core network,CN)和数据网络(data network,DN)。Optionally, the communication system shown in Figure 6 may also include a core network device (core network, CN) and a data network (data network, DN).

其中,网络设备可以直接与核心网设备进行通信,也可以通过地面站设备与核心网设备进行通信,该地面站设备也可以认为是一种核心网设备。核心网设备可以作为承载网络为数据网络提供接口,为终端设备提供通信连接、认证、管理、策略控制以及对数据业务完成承载等。Among them, network equipment can communicate with core network equipment directly, or through ground station equipment, which can also be considered as a core network equipment. Core network equipment can provide an interface for data network as a bearer network, provide communication connection, authentication, management, policy control for terminal equipment, and complete the bearing of data services.

示例性的,核心网设备可以包括下述一种或多种:AMF、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元、认证服务器功能(authentication server function,AUSF)网元、策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF))网元、用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元等。Exemplarily, the core network equipment may include one or more of the following: AMF, session management function (SMF) network element, authentication server function (AUSF) network element, policy control function (PCF) network element, user plane function (UPF) network element, etc.

基于上述对通信系统的描述,下述以网络设备为卫星为例,对通信系统进行举例描述。Based on the above description of the communication system, the communication system is described below by taking the network device as a satellite as an example.

如下图6所示,卫星可以采用多个波束覆盖服务区域,不同的波束可通过时分、频分和空分中的一种或多种进行通信,每颗卫星可以通过多波束向终端设备提供通信服务和定位服务(卫星可以通过广播通信信号和导航信号等与终端设备进行无线通信),卫星与卫星之间也可以通过星间链路进行通信(如卫星1可以通过星间链路1与卫星2通信,卫星2可以通过星间链路2与卫星3通信),卫星也可以通过地面站设备与核心网设备进行无线通信(如卫星3可以连接到核心网设备)。As shown in Figure 6 below, a satellite can use multiple beams to cover the service area. Different beams can communicate through one or more of time division, frequency division and space division. Each satellite can provide communication services and positioning services to terminal devices through multiple beams (satellites can communicate wirelessly with terminal devices through broadcast communication signals and navigation signals, etc.), and satellites can also communicate with each other through intersatellite links (for example, satellite 1 can communicate with satellite 2 through intersatellite link 1, and satellite 2 can communicate with satellite 3 through intersatellite link 2). Satellites can also communicate wirelessly with core network devices through ground station equipment (for example, satellite 3 can be connected to core network devices).

可以理解的是,本申请实施例中提及的卫星,可以为卫星基站,也可包括用于对信息进行中继的轨道接收机或中继器,或者为搭载在卫星上的网络侧设备,不予限制。It can be understood that the satellite mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a satellite base station, may also include an orbital receiver or repeater for relaying information, or may be a network-side device carried on a satellite, without limitation.

其中,卫星可以工作在凝视波束模式或非凝视波束模式。The satellite can operate in staring beam mode or non-staring beam mode.

其中,卫星通信系统可以包括透传卫星架构与非透传卫星架构。Among them, the satellite communication system can include a transparent satellite architecture and a non-transparent satellite architecture.

其中,透传也可以称为弯管转发传输,即信号在卫星上只进行了频率的转换,信号的放大等过程,卫星对于信号而言是透明的,仿佛不存在一样;非透传也称为再生(星上接入/处理)传输,即卫星具有部分或全部基站的功能。Among them, transparent transmission can also be called bent-pipe forwarding transmission, that is, the signal only undergoes frequency conversion, signal amplification and other processes on the satellite, and the satellite is transparent to the signal, as if it does not exist; non-transparent transmission is also called regeneration (on-board access/processing) transmission, that is, the satellite has some or all of the functions of a base station.

例如,如下图6所示中的卫星1、卫星2可以位于非透传卫星架构,卫星3可以位于透传卫星架构。For example, as shown in FIG6 below, satellite 1 and satellite 2 may be located in a non-transparent satellite architecture, and satellite 3 may be located in a transparent satellite architecture.

示例性的,卫星可以LEO卫星或者非静止轨道(non-geostationary earth orbit,NGEO)卫星。Exemplarily, the satellite can be a LEO satellite or a non-geostationary earth orbit (NGEO) satellite.

需要说明的是,本申请实施例描述的通信系统是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。It should be noted that the communication system described in the embodiment of the present application is for the purpose of more clearly illustrating the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application. A person of ordinary skill in the art can know that with the evolution of network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is also applicable to similar technical problems.

具体实现时,图6所示的如各个终端设备、网络设备均可以采用图7所示的组成结构,或者包括图7所示的部件。图7为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置70的组成示意图,该通信装置70可以为终端设备或者终端设备中的芯片或者片上系统;也可以为网络设备或者网络设备中的芯片或者片上系统。In specific implementation, each terminal device and network device shown in FIG6 may adopt the composition structure shown in FIG7, or include the components shown in FIG7. FIG7 is a composition diagram of a communication device 70 provided in an embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 70 may be a terminal device or a chip or a system on chip in the terminal device; or a network device or a chip or a system on chip in the network device.

如图7所示,该通信装置70包括一个或多个处理器701。进一步的,该通信装置70还可以包括通信总线702,以及至少一个通信接口(图7中仅是示例性的,以通信装置70包括通信接口704,以及一个处理器701为例进行说明)。可选的,通信装置70还可以包括存储器703。As shown in FIG7 , the communication device 70 includes one or more processors 701. Further, the communication device 70 may also include a communication bus 702 and at least one communication interface (FIG. 7 is only exemplary, and the communication device 70 includes a communication interface 704 and a processor 701 as an example for explanation). Optionally, the communication device 70 may also include a memory 703.

处理器701可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路、或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。处理器可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。Processor 701 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the present application, or a processing core for processing data (such as computer program instructions). The processor may be a single-CPU processor or a multi-CPU processor.

在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器701可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图7中的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 701 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 7 .

通信总线702可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect,PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended industry standard architecture,EISA)总线等。该总线可以分为地址总线、数据总线、 控制总线等。为便于表示,图7中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。该通信总线702用于连接通信装置70中的不同组件,使得通信装置70中的不同组件之间可以进行通信交互。The communication bus 702 may be a peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus. The bus may be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, etc. For ease of representation, FIG. 7 only uses a thick line, but does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus. The communication bus 702 is used to connect different components in the communication device 70 so that different components in the communication device 70 can communicate and interact with each other.

通信接口704,可以是收发模块,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,该通信网络例如可以为以太网(Ethernet),RAN,或者WLAN等。示例性的,所述通信接口704可以是收发器、收发机一类的装置。或者,所述通信接口704也可以是位于处理器701内的收发电路,用以实现处理器的信号输入和信号输出。The communication interface 704 may be a transceiver module for communicating with other devices or a communication network, such as Ethernet, RAN, or WLAN. Exemplarily, the communication interface 704 may be a device such as a transceiver or a transceiver. Alternatively, the communication interface 704 may also be a transceiver circuit located in the processor 701 to implement signal input and signal output of the processor.

存储器703可以是具有存储功能的装置。例如可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信总线702与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。The memory 703 may be a device with a storage function. For example, it may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), a magnetic disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor via the communication bus 702. The memory may also be integrated with the processor.

示例性的,存储器703用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令,并由处理器701来控制执行。处理器701用于执行存储器703中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请实施例中提供的通信方法。Exemplarily, the memory 703 is used to store computer-executable instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 701. The processor 701 is used to execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 703, thereby realizing the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.

或者,可选的,本申请实施例中,也可以是处理器701执行本申请下述实施例提供的通信方法中的处理相关的功能,通信接口704负责与其他设备或通信网络通信,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Alternatively, optionally, in an embodiment of the present application, the processor 701 may also perform processing-related functions in the communication method provided in the following embodiments of the present application, and the communication interface 704 is responsible for communicating with other devices or communication networks, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.

可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the computer-executable instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application code, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.

在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信装置70还可以包括输出设备705和输入设备706。输出设备705和处理器701通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备705可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二极管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备706和处理器701通信,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备706可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the communication device 70 may further include an output device 705 and an input device 706. The output device 705 communicates with the processor 701 and may display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device 705 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector. The input device 706 communicates with the processor 701 and may receive user input in a variety of ways. For example, the input device 706 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device.

需要说明的是,图7中示出的组成结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定,除图7所示部件之外,该通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。It should be noted that the composition structure shown in FIG. 7 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device. In addition to the components shown in FIG. 7 , the communication device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange the components differently.

下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行展开说明。可以理解的,本申请实施例中,终端设备、第一网络设备或第二网络设备可以执行本申请实施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照本申请实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行本申请实施例中的全部操作。The following will be combined with the accompanying drawings to describe the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application. It is understandable that in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device, the first network device or the second network device can perform some or all of the steps in the embodiment of the present application, and these steps or operations are only examples. The embodiment of the present application can also perform other operations or variations of various operations. In addition, each step can be performed in a different order presented in the embodiment of the present application, and it is possible not to perform all the operations in the embodiment of the present application.

如图8所示,为本申请提供的一种通信方法的交互图。参见图8,该通信方法包括如下步骤:As shown in Figure 8, it is an interaction diagram of a communication method provided by the present application. Referring to Figure 8, the communication method includes the following steps:

S801、第一网络设备发送第一广播信息;相应的,终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一广播信息。S801. A first network device sends first broadcast information. Correspondingly, a terminal device receives the first broadcast information from the first network device.

其中,第一广播信息可以包括一个或多个SSB和一个或多个SSB的配置信息。The first broadcast information may include one or more SSBs and configuration information of one or more SSBs.

其中,一个或多个SSB可以包括下述一种或多种:第一网络设备的第一HO-SSB、第一网络设备的第一SSB。Among them, the one or more SSBs may include one or more of the following: a first HO-SSB of the first network device, and a first SSB of the first network device.

其中,一个或多个SSB的配置信息可以包括下述一种或多种:第一HO-SSB的配置信息、第一SSB的配置信息。Among them, the configuration information of one or more SSBs may include one or more of the following: configuration information of the first HO-SSB, configuration information of the first SSB.

第一种可能的设计中,第一广播信息包括第一HO-SSB和第一HO-SSB的配置信息。In a first possible design, the first broadcast information includes the first HO-SSB and configuration information of the first HO-SSB.

其中,第一HO-SSB为第一网络设备的HO-SSB,第一HO-SSB用于移动性管理。The first HO-SSB is the HO-SSB of the first network device, and the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management.

第二种可能的设计中,第一广播信息包括第一SSB和第一SSB的配置信息、第一HO-SSB和第一HO-SSB的配置信息。In a second possible design, the first broadcast information includes the first SSB and configuration information of the first SSB, the first HO-SSB and configuration information of the first HO-SSB.

其中,第一SSB为第一网络设备的SSB,第一SSB用于接入第一网络设备,第一HO-SSB的周期大于第一SSB的周期。Among them, the first SSB is the SSB of the first network device, the first SSB is used to access the first network device, and the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB.

可选的,第一SSB还可以用于移动性管理。 Optionally, the first SSB can also be used for mobility management.

可选的,第一SSB可以为NR中的SSB,即NR-SSB;也可以为其他通信系统中的SSB,不予限制。Optionally, the first SSB may be an SSB in NR, i.e., NR-SSB; or it may be an SSB in other communication systems without limitation.

其中,如下图9所示,第一SSB的周期和第一HO-SSB的周期明显不同。As shown in FIG. 9 below, the period of the first SSB and the period of the first HO-SSB are obviously different.

例如,第一SSB的周期为固定的(如第一SSB的周期一般为5/10/20/40/80/160ms),且第一SSB的周期较短,第一网络设备可能基于固定的周期频繁的向终端设备发送第一SSB,终端设备频繁的接收第一SSB并测量第一SSB的信号强度,会增加终端设备的功耗;而第一HO-SSB的周期为可调节的(如第一HO-SSB的周期的范围可以为几秒~几百秒之间),第一HO-SSB的周期跨度较大,且第一HO-SSB的周期相较于第一SSB的周期较长,第一网络设备可以隔几秒或者几百秒的时间发送一次第一HO-SSB,相比于终端设备测量第一NR-SSB的信号强度的频次,终端设备测量第一HO-SSB的信号强度的频次明显降低,可以降低终端设备的功耗。For example, the period of the first SSB is fixed (such as the period of the first SSB is generally 5/10/20/40/80/160ms), and the period of the first SSB is relatively short. The first network device may frequently send the first SSB to the terminal device based on the fixed period. The terminal device frequently receives the first SSB and measures the signal strength of the first SSB, which will increase the power consumption of the terminal device; while the period of the first HO-SSB is adjustable (such as the period of the first HO-SSB can range from a few seconds to several hundred seconds), the period span of the first HO-SSB is relatively large, and the period of the first HO-SSB is relatively long compared to the period of the first SSB. The first network device can send the first HO-SSB once every few seconds or several hundred seconds. Compared with the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the first NR-SSB, the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the first HO-SSB is significantly reduced, which can reduce the power consumption of the terminal device.

相应的,第一SSB的服务区域和第一HO-SSB的服务区域也不同。Correspondingly, the service area of the first SSB and the service area of the first HO-SSB are also different.

例如,如下图10所示,第一NR-SSB的服务区域为1/2/3/4,第一HO-SSB关联的服务区域为5/7。第一HO-SSB一般在即将进行小区切换/小区重选的区域中,随着第一网络设备和第二设备的移动,第一HO-SSB的服务区域也在变化。For example, as shown in Figure 10 below, the service area of the first NR-SSB is 1/2/3/4, and the service area associated with the first HO-SSB is 5/7. The first HO-SSB is generally in an area where a cell handover/cell reselection is about to be performed, and as the first network device and the second device move, the service area of the first HO-SSB also changes.

基于上述两种可能的设计,第一广播信息中的SSB包括第一HO-SSB,第一网络设备可以降低广播第一广播信息的频次,进而可以使终端设备降低测量信号强度的频次,可以降低终端设备的功耗。Based on the above two possible designs, the SSB in the first broadcast information includes the first HO-SSB. The first network device can reduce the frequency of broadcasting the first broadcast information, thereby enabling the terminal device to reduce the frequency of measuring signal strength, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device.

第三种可能的设计中,第一广播信息包括第一SSB和第一SSB的配置信息。In a third possible design, the first broadcast information includes the first SSB and configuration information of the first SSB.

S802、终端设备根据第一广播信息,确定第一SSB。S802. The terminal device determines the first SSB based on the first broadcast information.

第一种可能的设计中,当第一广播信息包括第一HO-SSB和第一HO-SSB的配置信息时,终端设备可以根据第一广播信息确定第一网络设备的第一HO-SSB和第一HO-SSB的配置信息,进一步的,终端设备可以根据第一HO-SSB的配置信息,确定第一网络设备的第一SSB。In the first possible design, when the first broadcast information includes the first HO-SSB and the configuration information of the first HO-SSB, the terminal device can determine the first HO-SSB and the configuration information of the first HO-SSB of the first network device based on the first broadcast information. Further, the terminal device can determine the first SSB of the first network device based on the configuration information of the first HO-SSB.

可选的,第一HO-SSB的配置信息可以包括下述一种或多种:第一SMTC、SSB索引、SSB类型、SSB模式、子载波间隔、QCL信息、是否关联SIB1、SSB的时域信息、SSB的频域信息、SSB的极化域信息、第一RO资源信息、或第一指示信息。Optionally, the configuration information of the first HO-SSB may include one or more of the following: a first SMTC, an SSB index, an SSB type, an SSB mode, a subcarrier spacing, QCL information, whether associated with SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information.

其中,第一SMTC信息用于指示第一网络设备的第一HO-SSB,SSB模式用于指示SSB在时频域上的图案,QCL信息用于指示SSB关联的波束,第一指示信息用于指示SSB为第一SSB或第一HO-SSB,第一RO资源信息用于指示第一网络设备的RO资源。Among them, the first SMTC information is used to indicate the first HO-SSB of the first network device, the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency domain, the QCL information is used to indicate the beam associated with the SSB, the first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB, and the first RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the first network device.

可选的,第一SMTC信息可以包括下述一种或多种:位置或时间触发的重选测量、测量优先级、参考点位置、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、第一网络设备的星历信息、或第一HO-SSB的信号质量阈值。Optionally, the first SMTC information may include one or more of the following: location or time triggered reselection measurement, measurement priority, reference point location, SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the first network device, or signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB.

其中,位置或时间触发的重选测量用于表示在小区重选中,终端设备可以根据计时器/位置+信号强度结合的方式测量信号强度,进而实现移动性管理;测量优先级用于指示不同邻区/频点的测量次序,即终端设备先测量优先级高的邻区/频点,后测量优先级低的邻区/频点,参考点位置用于指示位置触发的测量,即当终端设备的位置与一个或者多个参考点位置的距离满足给定条件时,触发测量。Among them, location or time triggered reselection measurement is used to indicate that in cell reselection, the terminal device can measure the signal strength according to the combination of timer/location + signal strength, thereby realizing mobility management; the measurement priority is used to indicate the measurement order of different neighboring cells/frequencies, that is, the terminal device first measures the neighboring cells/frequencies with high priority, and then measures the neighboring cells/frequencies with low priority; the reference point position is used to indicate location triggered measurement, that is, when the distance between the terminal device's position and one or more reference point positions meets the given conditions, the measurement is triggered.

可选的,SSB的时域信息可以为时域资源,也可以为时域偏移量,不予限制。Optionally, the time domain information of SSB can be time domain resources or time domain offset, without limitation.

可选的,SSB的频域信息可以为频域资源,也可以为频域偏移量,不予限制。Optionally, the frequency domain information of SSB can be frequency domain resources or frequency domain offset, without limitation.

可选的,SSB的极化域信息可以为极化域资源,也可以为极化域偏移量,也可以为极化方向,不予限制。Optionally, the polarization domain information of SSB can be a polarization domain resource, a polarization domain offset, or a polarization direction, without limitation.

基于上述内容,终端设备可以根据SSB的配置信息,确定SSB为第一HO-SSB,本申请提出几种确定第一HO-SSB的可能的实施例:Based on the above content, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB according to the configuration information of the SSB. The present application proposes several possible embodiments for determining the first HO-SSB:

第一种可能的实施例中,当SSB的SSB索引大于或等于下述任一索引时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一HO-SSB:4、8、或64。In a first possible embodiment, the terminal device may determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB when the SSB index of the SSB is greater than or equal to any of the following indexes: 4, 8, or 64.

示例性的,在场景1中,当SSB的SSB索引大于或等于4时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一HO-SSB;在场景2中,当SSB的SSB索引大于或等于8时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一HO-SSB;在场景3中,当SSB的SSB索引大于或等于64时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一HO-SSB。Exemplarily, in scenario 1, when the SSB index of the SSB is greater than or equal to 4, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB; in scenario 2, when the SSB index of the SSB is greater than or equal to 8, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB; in scenario 3, when the SSB index of the SSB is greater than or equal to 64, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB.

第二种可能的实施例中,当SSB的SSB模式不是预设SSB模式时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一HO-SSB。In a second possible embodiment, when the SSB mode of the SSB is not a preset SSB mode, the terminal device may determine that the SSB is a first HO-SSB.

第三种可能的实施例中,当SSB的SSB的极化域信息为右旋圆极化,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一HO-SSB,反之则为第一SSB;或者,当SSB的SSB的极化域信息为左旋圆极化,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一HO-SSB,反之则为第一SSB。In a third possible embodiment, when the polarization domain information of the SSB of the SSB is right-hand circular polarization, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB, otherwise it is the first SSB; or, when the polarization domain information of the SSB of the SSB is left-hand circular polarization, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB, otherwise it is the first SSB.

第四种可能的实施例中,当SSB的配置信息中的第一指示信息指示SSB为第一HO-SSB时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一HO-SSB。In a fourth possible embodiment, when the first indication information in the configuration information of the SSB indicates that the SSB is the first HO-SSB, the terminal device may determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB.

示例性的,第一指示信息可以为一个比特,该一个比特可以是复用已有的比特,也可以是新增的比特。Exemplarily, the first indication information may be one bit, and the one bit may be a reused existing bit or a newly added bit.

例如,当第一指示信息的比特值为0时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一HO-SSB,反之则为第一SSB;或者,当第一指示信息的比特值为1时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一HO-SSB,反之则为第一SSB。For example, when the bit value of the first indication information is 0, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB, otherwise it is the first SSB; or, when the bit value of the first indication information is 1, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB, otherwise it is the first SSB.

可选的,终端设备可以根据第一HO-SSB的配置信息中的一种或多种信息确定第一SSB:第一HO-SSB的时域信息、第一HO-SSB的频域信息、或第一HO-SSB的极化域信息。Optionally, the terminal device may determine the first SSB based on one or more information in the configuration information of the first HO-SSB: time domain information of the first HO-SSB, frequency domain information of the first HO-SSB, or polarization domain information of the first HO-SSB.

例如,以第一HO-SSB的频域信息为第一频域偏移量为例,终端设备可以根据第一HO-SSB所在的频域位置,经过第一频域偏移量,确定第一SSB所在的频域位置,进而可以在该频域位置搜索第一SSB。For example, taking the frequency domain information of the first HO-SSB as the first frequency domain offset as an example, the terminal device can determine the frequency domain position of the first SSB based on the frequency domain position of the first HO-SSB and the first frequency domain offset, and then search for the first SSB at the frequency domain position.

再例如,以第一HO-SSB的时域信息为第一时域偏移量、第一HO-SSB的频域信息为第一频域偏移量为例,终端设备可以根据第一HO-SSB所在的时域位置和频域位置,经过第一时域偏移量和第一频频域偏移量,确定第一SSB所在的时频域位置,进而可以在该时频域位置搜索第一SSB。For another example, taking the time domain information of the first HO-SSB as the first time domain offset and the frequency domain information of the first HO-SSB as the first frequency domain offset, the terminal device can determine the time and frequency domain position of the first SSB based on the time domain position and frequency domain position of the first HO-SSB, through the first time domain offset and the first frequency domain offset, and then search for the first SSB at the time and frequency domain position.

第二种可能的设计中,当第一广播信息包括第一SSB和第一SSB的配置信息、第一HO-SSB和第一HO-SSB的配置信息时,终端设备可以根据第一广播信息确定第一HO-SSB和第一HO-SSB的配置信息、以及第一SSB和第一SSB的配置信息。In a second possible design, when the first broadcast information includes configuration information of the first SSB and the first SSB, and configuration information of the first HO-SSB and the first HO-SSB, the terminal device can determine the configuration information of the first HO-SSB and the first HO-SSB, and the configuration information of the first SSB and the first SSB based on the first broadcast information.

可选的,第一SSB的配置信息可以包括下述一种或多种:SSB索引、SSB类型、SSB模式、子载波间隔、QCL信息、是否关联SIB1、SSB的时域信息、SSB的频域信息、SSB的极化域信息、第一RO资源信息、或第一指示信息。Optionally, the configuration information of the first SSB may include one or more of the following: SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, QCL information, whether associated with SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information.

第一种可能的实施例中,当SSB的SSB索引小于下述任一索引时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一SSB:4、8、或64。In a first possible embodiment, the terminal device may determine that the SSB is the first SSB when the SSB index of the SSB is less than any of the following indexes: 4, 8, or 64.

示例性的,在场景1中,当SSB的SSB索引小于4时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一SSB。在场景2中,当SSB的SSB的索引小于8时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一SSB。在场景3中,当SSB的SSB索引小于64时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一SSB。Exemplarily, in scenario 1, when the SSB index of the SSB is less than 4, the terminal device may determine that the SSB is the first SSB. In scenario 2, when the SSB index of the SSB is less than 8, the terminal device may determine that the SSB is the first SSB. In scenario 3, when the SSB index of the SSB is less than 64, the terminal device may determine that the SSB is the first SSB.

第二种可能的实施例中,当SSB的SSB模式不是预设SSB模式时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一HO-SSB。In a second possible embodiment, when the SSB mode of the SSB is not a preset SSB mode, the terminal device may determine that the SSB is a first HO-SSB.

示例性的,如下图9所示,第一SSB在时频域上的图案(例如图9所示的黑色长条)是固定的,即,第一SSB的SSB模式为预定义的,第一SSB的SSB模式不会随机变化,导致第一SSB之间的干扰较大;而第一HO-SSB在时频域上的图案是可调节的,当SSB模式不是预定义的SSB模式时,SSB为第一HO-SSB,可以降低第一HO-SSB之间的干扰。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 9 below, the pattern of the first SSB in the time-frequency domain (such as the black strips shown in FIG. 9 ) is fixed, that is, the SSB mode of the first SSB is predefined, and the SSB mode of the first SSB does not change randomly, resulting in greater interference between the first SSBs; and the pattern of the first HO-SSB in the time-frequency domain is adjustable. When the SSB mode is not a predefined SSB mode, the SSB is the first HO-SSB, which can reduce interference between the first HO-SSBs.

因此,第一广播信信包括第一HO-SSB和第一HO-SSB的配置信息,可以提高终端设备测量信号强度的准确性,进一步的,可以提高终端设备的通信质量。Therefore, the first broadcast signal includes the first HO-SSB and the configuration information of the first HO-SSB, which can improve the accuracy of the terminal device in measuring the signal strength, and further, can improve the communication quality of the terminal device.

第三种可能的实施例中,当SSB的SSB的极化域信息为左旋圆极化时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一SSB;当SSB的SSB的极化域信息为右旋圆极化时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一HO-SSB。或者,当SSB的SSB的极化域信息为右旋圆极化时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一SSB;当当SSB的SSB的极化域信息为左旋圆极化时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一HO-SSBIn a third possible embodiment, when the polarization domain information of the SSB of the SSB is left-hand circular polarization, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first SSB; when the polarization domain information of the SSB of the SSB is right-hand circular polarization, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB. Alternatively, when the polarization domain information of the SSB of the SSB of the SSB is right-hand circular polarization, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first SSB; when the polarization domain information of the SSB of the SSB of the SSB is left-hand circular polarization, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB

第四种可能的实施例中,当SSB的SSB的配置信息中的第一指示信息指示SSB为第一SSB时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一SSB。In a fourth possible embodiment, when the first indication information in the configuration information of the SSB of the SSB indicates that the SSB is the first SSB, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first SSB.

示例性的,第一指示信息可以为一个比特,该一个比特可以是复用已有的比特,也可以是新增的比特。Exemplarily, the first indication information may be one bit, and the one bit may be a reused existing bit or a newly added bit.

例如,当第一指示信息的比特值为0时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一HO-SSB;当第一指示信息的比特值为1时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一SSB。或者,当第一指示信息的比特值为1时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一HO-SSB;当第一指示信息的比特值为0时,终端设备可以确定SSB为第一SSB。For example, when the bit value of the first indication information is 0, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB; when the bit value of the first indication information is 1, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first SSB. Alternatively, when the bit value of the first indication information is 1, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first HO-SSB; when the bit value of the first indication information is 0, the terminal device can determine that the SSB is the first SSB.

第三种可能的设计中,当第一广播信息包括第一HO-SSB和第一HO-SSB的配置信息时,终端设备可以根据第一广播信息确定第一SSB和第一SSB的配置信息。In a third possible design, when the first broadcast information includes the first HO-SSB and configuration information of the first HO-SSB, the terminal device may determine the first SSB and the configuration information of the first SSB based on the first broadcast information.

可选的,终端设备可以根据第一SSB的配置信息,确定第一HO-SSB。Optionally, the terminal device may determine the first HO-SSB based on the configuration information of the first SSB.

例如,以第一SSB的频域信息为第二频域偏移量为例,终端设备可以根据第一SSB所在的频域位置,经过第二频域偏移量,确定第一HO-SSB所在的频域位置,进而可以在该频域位置搜索第一HO-SSB。For example, taking the frequency domain information of the first SSB as the second frequency domain offset as an example, the terminal device can determine the frequency domain position of the first HO-SSB based on the frequency domain position of the first SSB through the second frequency domain offset, and then search for the first HO-SSB at the frequency domain position.

再例如,以第一SSB的时域信息为第二时域偏移量、第一SSB的频域信息为第二频域偏移量为例,终端设备可以根据第一SSB所在的时域位置和频域位置,经过第二时域偏移量和第二频频域偏移量,确定第一HO-SSB所在的时频域位置,进而可以在该时频域位置搜索第一HO-SSB。For another example, taking the time domain information of the first SSB as the second time domain offset and the frequency domain information of the first SSB as the second frequency domain offset, the terminal device can determine the time and frequency domain position of the first HO-SSB based on the time domain position and frequency domain position of the first SSB through the second time domain offset and the second frequency domain offset, and then search for the first HO-SSB at the time and frequency domain position.

S803、终端设备根据第一网络设备的第一SSB,接入第一网络设备。S803. The terminal device accesses the first network device according to the first SSB of the first network device.

可选的,终端设备获取第一SSB后,可以根据第一SSB完成初始接入,接入的方式可以为随机接入方式,也可以为其他接入方式(如RRC连接重建、下行数据到达、上行数据发送、其他系统信息(other system information,OSI)请求)。Optionally, after the terminal device obtains the first SSB, it can complete initial access according to the first SSB. The access method can be a random access method or other access methods (such as RRC connection reconstruction, downlink data arrival, uplink data sending, other system information (OSI) request).

基于上述图8所示的通信方法,终端设备可以通过第一广播信息获取第一HO-SSB,由于第一HO-SSB的周期大于第一SSB的周期,且第一HO-SSB的周期可以是不固定的、且该周期的取值范围可以较广,可以降低终端设备测量SSB的信号强度的频次,从而降低终端设备的功耗,同时,由于第一HO-SSB的SSB模式不固定,可以减少第一HO-SSB间的干扰,提高终端设备根据第一HO-SSB进行信号强度测量的测量结果的准确性。Based on the communication method shown in FIG8 , the terminal device can obtain the first HO-SSB through the first broadcast information. Since the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB, and the period of the first HO-SSB can be non-fixed and the value range of the period can be wider, the frequency of the terminal device measuring the signal strength of the SSB can be reduced, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device. At the same time, since the SSB mode of the first HO-SSB is not fixed, the interference between the first HO-SSBs can be reduced, and the accuracy of the measurement result of the signal strength measurement performed by the terminal device according to the first HO-SSB can be improved.

当终端设备初始接入第一网络设备时,终端设备可以根据上述方法获取第一SSB,进而根据第一SSB接入第一网络设备。当终端设备根据小区切换/小区重选条件确定待接入的网络设备时,由于终端设备测量的第一HO-SSB的信号强度的准确性的提升,根据准确性更高的测量结果,可以更准确的确定是否满足小区切换/小区重选的条件,从而可以提升小区切换/小区重选的有效性,可以更好的接入第一网络设备,提升终端设备和第一网络设备的通信性能。When the terminal device initially accesses the first network device, the terminal device can obtain the first SSB according to the above method, and then access the first network device according to the first SSB. When the terminal device determines the network device to be accessed according to the cell switching/cell reselection conditions, due to the improvement in the accuracy of the signal strength of the first HO-SSB measured by the terminal device, it can be more accurately determined whether the cell switching/cell reselection conditions are met based on the more accurate measurement results, thereby improving the effectiveness of the cell switching/cell reselection, better access to the first network device, and improving the communication performance between the terminal device and the first network device.

基于图8所述的实施例,进一步的,本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以根据HO-SSB进行小区重选。例如,一种可能的实现方式中,如图11所示,本申请实施例提供的通信方法还包括如下步骤:Based on the embodiment described in FIG8, further, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also perform cell reselection according to HO-SSB. For example, in a possible implementation, as shown in FIG11, the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes the following steps:

S1101、第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一配置信息;相应的,第二网络设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一配置信息。S1101. A first network device sends first configuration information to a second network device. Correspondingly, the second network device receives the first configuration information from the first network device.

可选的,第一配置信息可以包括下述一种或多种:第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、第一网络设备的星历信息、第一RO资源信息、RNTI、或不同时间段对应的接入资源配置。Optionally, the first configuration information may include one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the first network device, the first RO resource information, RNTI, or access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods.

其中,第一RO资源信息用于指示第一网络设备的RO资源,RNTI用于分区不同的终端设备。The first RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the first network device, and the RNTI is used to partition different terminal devices.

S1102、第二网络设备根据第一配置信息确定第一SMTC信息。S1102. The second network device determines first SMTC information according to the first configuration information.

其中,第一SMTC信息用于指示第一网络设备的SMTC信息。The first SMTC information is used to indicate the SMTC information of the first network device.

S1103、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第二配置信息;相应的,第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的第二配置信息。S1103. The second network device sends second configuration information to the first network device; correspondingly, the first network device receives the second configuration information from the second network device.

可选的,第二配置信息可以包括下述一种或多种:第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、第二网络设备的星历信息、第二RO资源信息、RNTI、或不同时间段对应的接入资源配置。Optionally, the second configuration information may include one or more of the following: the SMTC period of the second HO-SSB associated with the second network device, the SMTC duration of the second HO-SSB associated with the second network device, the SMTC offset of the second HO-SSB associated with the second network device, the ephemeris information of the second network device, the second RO resource information, RNTI, or access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods.

其中,第二HO-SSB为第二网络设备的HO-SSB,第二RO资源信息用于指示第二网络设备的RO资源。The second HO-SSB is the HO-SSB of the second network device, and the second RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resource of the second network device.

S1104、第一网络设备可以根据第二配置信息,确定第二SMTC。S1104: The first network device may determine a second SMTC according to the second configuration information.

其中,第二SMTC信息用于指示第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB,第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理。The second SMTC information is used to indicate a second HO-SSB of the second network device, and the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management.

S1105、第一网络设备发送第二广播信息;相应的,终端设备接收第一网络设备的第二广播信息。S1105. The first network device sends second broadcast information; correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second broadcast information of the first network device.

其中,第二广播信息包括第二SMTC信息。The second broadcast information includes second SMTC information.

可选的,终端设备可以根据第二SMTC,获取第二HO-SSB和第二HO-SSB的配置信息,进而测量第二HO-SSB的信号强度。Optionally, the terminal device may obtain the second HO-SSB and the configuration information of the second HO-SSB according to the second SMTC, and then measure the signal strength of the second HO-SSB.

可选的,终端设备进行小区重选时,也可以接收来自第一网络设备的第一广播信息,根据上述S802中的方法确定SSB为第一HO-SSB或者第一SSB后,测量第一HO-SSB和/或第一SSB的信号强度,在此不予赘述。Optionally, when the terminal device performs cell reselection, it can also receive the first broadcast information from the first network device, and after determining that the SSB is the first HO-SSB or the first SSB according to the method in S802 above, measure the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and/or the first SSB, which is not elaborated here.

进一步的,终端设备可以测量第一HO-SSB和/或第一SSB的信号强度以及第二HO-SSB的信号强度,终端设备可以根据测量结果确定满足小区重选的条件。示例性的,本申请提出三种可能的实现如下:Further, the terminal device may measure the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and/or the first SSB and the signal strength of the second HO-SSB, and the terminal device may determine whether the cell reselection condition is met according to the measurement result. Exemplarily, the present application proposes three possible implementations as follows:

第一种可能的实现中,终端设备可以将第二HO-SSB的信号强度与第二SMTC中的第二HO-SSB的信号质量阈值进行比较,当第二HO-SSB的信号强度大于或等于第二HO-SSB的信号质量阈值时,终端设备确定进行小区重选;或者,当第二HO-SSB的信号强度小于第二HO-SSB的信号质量阈值时,终端设备不进行小区重选。In a first possible implementation, the terminal device may compare the signal strength of the second HO-SSB with the signal quality threshold of the second HO-SSB in the second SMTC. When the signal strength of the second HO-SSB is greater than or equal to the signal quality threshold of the second HO-SSB, the terminal device determines to perform cell reselection; or, when the signal strength of the second HO-SSB is less than the signal quality threshold of the second HO-SSB, the terminal device does not perform cell reselection.

进一步的,当终端设备根据第二HO-SSB的信号强度确定进行小区重选时,可以获取第二网络设备的第二SSB。Further, when the terminal device determines to reselect a cell based on the signal strength of the second HO-SSB, the second SSB of the second network device can be obtained.

其中,第二SSB为第二网络设备的SSB,第二SSB用于接入第二网络设备,第二HO-SSB的周期大于第二SSB的周期。Among them, the second SSB is the SSB of the second network device, the second SSB is used to access the second network device, and the period of the second HO-SSB is greater than the period of the second SSB.

可选的,第二SSB还可以用于移动性管理。Optionally, the second SSB can also be used for mobility management.

第二种可能的实现中,终端设备可以将第一HO-SSB的信号强度与第一SMTC中的第一HO-SSB的信号质量阈值进行比较,当第一HO-SSB的信号强度大于或等于第一HO-SSB的信号质量阈值时,终端设备不进行小区重选;或者,当第一HO-SSB的信号强度小于第一HO-SSB的信号质量阈值时,终端设备确定进行小区重选。In a second possible implementation, the terminal device may compare the signal strength of the first HO-SSB with the signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB in the first SMTC. When the signal strength of the first HO-SSB is greater than or equal to the signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB, the terminal device does not perform cell reselection; or, when the signal strength of the first HO-SSB is less than the signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB, the terminal device determines to perform cell reselection.

进一步的,当终端设备根据第一HO-SSB的信号强度确定进行小区重选时,可以获取第二网络设备的第二SSB。Furthermore, when the terminal device determines to reselect a cell based on the signal strength of the first HO-SSB, the second SSB of the second network device can be obtained.

第三种可能的实现中,终端设备可以将第一HO-SSB的信号强度与第一SMTC中的第一HO-SSB的信号质量阈值进行比较,并且将第二HO-SSB的信号强度与第二SMTC中的第二HO-SSB的信号质量阈值进行比较,当第二HO-SSB的信号强度大于或等于第二HO-SSB的信号质量阈值,且第一HO-SSB的信号强度小于第一HO-SSB的信号质量阈值时,终端设备确定进行小区重选;或者,当第二HO-SSB的信号强度小于第二HO-SSB的信号质量阈值,且第一HO-SSB的信号强度大于或等于第一HO-SSB的信号质量阈值时,终端设备不进行小区重选。In a third possible implementation, the terminal device may compare the signal strength of the first HO-SSB with the signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB in the first SMTC, and compare the signal strength of the second HO-SSB with the signal quality threshold of the second HO-SSB in the second SMTC. When the signal strength of the second HO-SSB is greater than or equal to the signal quality threshold of the second HO-SSB, and the signal strength of the first HO-SSB is less than the signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB, the terminal device determines to perform cell reselection; or, when the signal strength of the second HO-SSB is less than the signal quality threshold of the second HO-SSB, and the signal strength of the first HO-SSB is greater than or equal to the signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB, the terminal device does not perform cell reselection.

进一步的,当终端设备根据第一HO-SSB和第二HO-SSB的信号强度确定进行小区重选时,可以获取第二网络设备的第二SSB。Further, when the terminal device determines to reselect a cell based on the signal strengths of the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB, the second SSB of the second network device can be obtained.

下面示例性的给出几种终端设备获取第二SSB的实现方式:Several exemplary implementations of terminal devices obtaining the second SSB are given below:

第一种可能的实施例中,终端设备可以根据第二HO-SSB的配置信息中的下述一种或多种信息获取第二SSB:第二HO-SSB的时域信息、第二HO-SSB的频域信息、或第二HO-SSB的极化域信息。In a first possible embodiment, the terminal device may obtain the second SSB based on one or more of the following information in the configuration information of the second HO-SSB: time domain information of the second HO-SSB, frequency domain information of the second HO-SSB, or polarization domain information of the second HO-SSB.

示例性的,以第二HO-SSB的时域信息为第三时域偏移量,第二HO-SSB的频移信息为第三频域偏移量为例,终端设备可以确定第三HO-SSB占用的时频资源,经过第三时域偏移量和第三频域偏移量后,确定第二SSB占用的时频资源,进而可以获取第二SSB。Exemplarily, taking the time domain information of the second HO-SSB as the third time domain offset and the frequency shift information of the second HO-SSB as the third frequency domain offset as an example, the terminal device can determine the time and frequency resources occupied by the third HO-SSB, and after the third time domain offset and the third frequency domain offset, determine the time and frequency resources occupied by the second SSB, and then obtain the second SSB.

第二种可能的实施例中,终端设备也可以通过第二网络设备的第三广播信息确定第二SSB。In a second possible embodiment, the terminal device may also determine the second SSB through the third broadcast information of the second network device.

其中,第三广播信息包括第二SSB和第二SSB的配置信息。Among them, the third broadcast information includes the second SSB and the configuration information of the second SSB.

终端设备可以根据第二HO-SSB的配置信息或第三广播信息确定第二SSB,或者,终端设备也可以根据第二HO-SSB的配置信息确定第二SSB,如果根据第二HO-SSB的配置信息无法确定第二SSB,则根据第三广播信息确定第二SSB;或者,终端设备也可以根据第三广播信息确定第二SSB,如果根据第三广播信息无法确定第二SSB,则根据第二HO-SSB的配置信息确定第二SSB等,不予限制。The terminal device may determine the second SSB based on the configuration information of the second HO-SSB or the third broadcast information, or the terminal device may determine the second SSB based on the configuration information of the second HO-SSB. If the second SSB cannot be determined based on the configuration information of the second HO-SSB, the second SSB is determined based on the third broadcast information; or the terminal device may determine the second SSB based on the third broadcast information. If the second SSB cannot be determined based on the third broadcast information, the second SSB is determined based on the configuration information of the second HO-SSB, and so on, without limitation.

进一步的,终端设备获取第二SSB后,可以基于第二RO资源,根据第二SSB接入第二网络设备,实现小区重选。Furthermore, after the terminal device obtains the second SSB, it can access the second network device based on the second RO resource and the second SSB to achieve cell reselection.

基于上述对小区重选的描述,当终端设备与第一网络设备处于RRC连接状态时,终端设备可以根据HO-SSB进行小区切换,该方法可以如下图12所示,具体步骤如下:Based on the above description of cell reselection, when the terminal device and the first network device are in an RRC connection state, the terminal device can perform cell switching according to HO-SSB. The method can be shown in FIG. 12 below, and the specific steps are as follows:

S1201、第一网络设备向终端设备发送一个或多个SSB和每个SSB关联的RRC配置信息;相应的,终端设备可以接收来自第一网络设备的一个或多个SSB和每个SSB关联的RRC配置信息。S1201. The first network device sends one or more SSBs and RRC configuration information associated with each SSB to the terminal device; correspondingly, the terminal device can receive one or more SSBs and RRC configuration information associated with each SSB from the first network device.

其中,一个或多个SSB包括下述一种或多种:第一SSB、或第一HO-SSB。The one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: a first SSB, or a first HO-SSB.

其中,第一SSB关联的RRC配置信息可以包括第一SSB的配置信息,第一HO-SSB关联的RRC配置信息可以包括第一HO-SSB的配置信息。Among them, the RRC configuration information associated with the first SSB may include configuration information of the first SSB, and the RRC configuration information associated with the first HO-SSB may include configuration information of the first HO-SSB.

一种示例性的,第一SSB关联的RRC配置信息可以包括下述一种或多种:SSB索引、SSB类型、SSB模式、子载波间隔、QCL信息、是否关联SIB1、SSB的时域信息、SSB的频域信息、SSB的极化域信息、第一RO资源信息、或第一指示信息。In an exemplary manner, the RRC configuration information associated with the first SSB may include one or more of the following: SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, QCL information, whether associated with SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information.

另一种示例性的,第一HO-SSB关联的RRC配置信息可以包括下述一种或多种:SSB索引、SSB类型、SSB模式、子载波间隔、QCL信息、是否关联SIB1、SSB的时域信息、SSB的频域信息、SSB的极化域信息、第一RO资源信息、或第一指示信息。Another exemplary embodiment, the RRC configuration information associated with the first HO-SSB may include one or more of the following: SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, QCL information, whether associated with SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information.

可选的,终端设备可以根据SSB关联的RRC配置信息判断SSB为第一SSB或第一HO-SSB,判断方法与S902中终端设备根据SSB的配置信息确定第一SSB或第一HO-SSB的方法一致,在此不予赘述。Optionally, the terminal device can determine whether the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB based on the RRC configuration information associated with the SSB. The judgment method is consistent with the method in S902 in which the terminal device determines the first SSB or the first HO-SSB based on the configuration information of the SSB, and is not repeated here.

进一步的,终端设备可以测量第一SSB和/或第一HO-SSB的信号强度。Furthermore, the terminal device may measure the signal strength of the first SSB and/or the first HO-SSB.

S1202、终端设备向第一网络设备发送测量结果和终端设备的位置信息;相应的,第一网络设备接收来自终端设备的测量结果和终端设备的位置信息。S1202. The terminal device sends a measurement result and location information of the terminal device to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the measurement result and location information of the terminal device from the terminal device.

其中,测量结果用于指示下述一种或多种:第一SSB的信号强度、或第一HO-SSB的信号强度;终端设备的位置信息可以通过波位信息表征。The measurement result is used to indicate one or more of the following: the signal strength of the first SSB, or the signal strength of the first HO-SSB; the location information of the terminal device can be represented by the wave position information.

例如,波位信息可以根据波位索引表示,也可以根据波位参考点位置表示,不予限制。For example, the wave position information can be represented according to the wave position index or according to the wave position reference point position, without limitation.

S1203a、第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第一配置信息;相应的,第二网络设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一配置信息。S1203a. The first network device sends first configuration information to the second network device; correspondingly, the second network device receives the first configuration information from the first network device.

其中,第二网络设备可以根据第一配置信息确定第一SMTC信息。The second network device may determine the first SMTC information according to the first configuration information.

S1203b、第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第二配置信息;相应的,第二网络设备接收来自第一网络设备的第二配置信息。S1203b. The second network device sends second configuration information to the first network device; correspondingly, the second network device receives the second configuration information from the first network device.

其中,第一网络设备可以根据第二配置信息确定第二SMTC信息。The first network device may determine the second SMTC information according to the second configuration information.

可以理解的是,S1203a与S1203b为第一网络设备和第二网络设备交互配置信息,具体内容与上述S1101和S1103中的内容一致,在此不予赘述。It can be understood that S1203a and S1203b are configuration information exchanged between the first network device and the second network device, and the specific content is consistent with the content in the above S1101 and S1103, which will not be repeated here.

S1204、第一网络设备向终端设备发送RRC Reconfiguration消息和条件切换(conditional handover,CHO)触发条件;相应的,终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的RRC Reconfiguration消息和CHO触发条件。S1204. The first network device sends an RRC Reconfiguration message and a conditional handover (CHO) trigger condition to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the RRC Reconfiguration message and the CHO trigger condition from the first network device.

其中,RRC Reconfiguration消息用于指示层一/层二移动性(layer1/layer 2 triggered mobility,LTM)RRC关联的配置。Among them, the RRC Reconfiguration message is used to indicate the configuration of layer 1/layer 2 triggered mobility (LTM) RRC association.

其中,CHO触发条件可以为第二HO-SSB的信号强度大于或者等于第二预设阈值;或者,CHO触发条件可以为第一HO-SSB和/或第一SSB的信号强度小于第一预设阈值;或者,CHO触发条件可以为第一HO-SSB和/或第一SSB的信号强度小于等于第一预设阈值且第二HO-SSB的信号强度大于或者等于第二预设阈值。Among them, the CHO trigger condition may be that the signal strength of the second HO-SSB is greater than or equal to the second preset threshold; or, the CHO trigger condition may be that the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and/or the first SSB is less than the first preset threshold; or, the CHO trigger condition may be that the signal strength of the first HO-SSB and/or the first SSB is less than or equal to the first preset threshold and the signal strength of the second HO-SSB is greater than or equal to the second preset threshold.

可以理解的是,CHO触发条件可以用于终端设备在一个或多个网络设备之间进行一次或多次切换,即,第一网络设备向终端设备发送一次CHO触发条件,无论终端设备进行多少次小区切换以及接入不同的第二网络设备,都可以根据该CHO触发条件判断是否进行小区切换,这样可以有效降低开销,节省资源。It can be understood that the CHO trigger condition can be used for the terminal device to perform one or more switching between one or more network devices, that is, the first network device sends a CHO trigger condition to the terminal device once. No matter how many times the terminal device performs cell switching and accesses different second network devices, it can determine whether to perform cell switching based on the CHO trigger condition. This can effectively reduce overhead and save resources.

S1205、终端设备向第一网络设备发送RRC Reconfiguration Complete消息;相应的,第一网络设备接收来自终端设备的RRC Reconfiguration Complete消息。S1205. The terminal device sends an RRC Reconfiguration Complete message to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the RRC Reconfiguration Complete message from the terminal device.

S1206、第一网络设备向终端设备发送第二广播信息;相应的,终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第二广播信息。S1206. The first network device sends second broadcast information to the terminal device; correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second broadcast information from the first network device.

其中,第二广播信息包括第二SMTC信息和第二RO资源信息。The second broadcast information includes second SMTC information and second RO resource information.

其中,第二SMTC信息用于指示第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB,第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理。The second SMTC information is used to indicate a second HO-SSB of the second network device, and the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management.

可选的,终端设备可以根据第二SMTC信息,获取第二HO-SSB和第二HO-SSB的配置信息。Optionally, the terminal device may obtain the configuration information of the second HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB according to the second SMTC information.

S1207、终端设备根据第二HO-SSB,与第二网络设备进行下行同步;相应的,第二网络设备根据第二HO-SSB,与终端设备进行下行同步。S1207. The terminal device performs downlink synchronization with the second network device according to the second HO-SSB. Correspondingly, the second network device performs downlink synchronization with the terminal device according to the second HO-SSB.

S1208、终端设备根据第二SMTC信息,接收来自第二网络设备的定时信息;相应的,第二网络设备根据第二SMTC信息,向终端设备发送定时信息。S1208. The terminal device receives the timing information from the second network device according to the second SMTC information; correspondingly, the second network device sends the timing information to the terminal device according to the second SMTC information.

其中,终端设备可以根据定时信息,与第二网络设备实现上行同步;相应的,第二网络设备可以根据定时信息,与终端设备实现上行同步。Among them, the terminal device can achieve uplink synchronization with the second network device according to the timing information; correspondingly, the second network device can achieve uplink synchronization with the terminal device according to the timing information.

可选的,当终端设备和第二网络设备实现上行同步和下行同步时,终端设备可以测量第二HO-SSB的信号强度,即,终端设备进行LTM-CHO触发事件评估。如果终端设备确定该信号强度满足CHO触发条件,终端设备确定进行小区切换;如果终端设备确定该信号强度不满足CHO触发条件,终端设备不进行小区切换,仍接入第一网络设备,或者测量其他网络设备的信号质量。Optionally, when the terminal device and the second network device achieve uplink synchronization and downlink synchronization, the terminal device can measure the signal strength of the second HO-SSB, that is, the terminal device performs an LTM-CHO trigger event evaluation. If the terminal device determines that the signal strength meets the CHO trigger condition, the terminal device determines to perform a cell switch; if the terminal device determines that the signal strength does not meet the CHO trigger condition, the terminal device does not perform a cell switch, and still accesses the first network device, or measures the signal quality of other network devices.

示例性的,终端设备可以基于在物理层/网络层(L1/L3),对第二HO-SSB的信号强度进行测量。Exemplarily, the terminal device may measure the signal strength of the second HO-SSB based on the physical layer/network layer (L1/L3).

进一步的,当终端设备根据第二HO-SSB的信号强度确定进行小区切换时,终端设备可以获取第二SSB。Further, when the terminal device determines to perform cell switching based on the signal strength of the second HO-SSB, the terminal device can obtain the second SSB.

其中,第二SSB可以用于接入第二网络设备,第二HO-SSB的周期大于第二SSB的周期。Among them, the second SSB can be used to access the second network device, and the period of the second HO-SSB is greater than the period of the second SSB.

可选的,第二SSB还可以用于移动性管理。Optionally, the second SSB can also be used for mobility management.

可以理解的是,终端设备获取第二SSB的方式与上述小区重选时,终端设备获取第二SSB的方式一致,在此不再赘述。It can be understood that the way in which the terminal device obtains the second SSB is consistent with the way in which the terminal device obtains the second SSB during the above-mentioned cell reselection, and will not be repeated here.

S1209、终端设备根据第二SSB,接入第二网络设备。S1209. The terminal device accesses the second network device according to the second SSB.

其中,当终端设备获取第二SSB后,终端设备可以基于第二RO资源信息,根据第二SSB接入第二网络设备。Among them, after the terminal device obtains the second SSB, the terminal device can access the second network device according to the second SSB based on the second RO resource information.

一种示例性的,终端设备可以基于物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)触发(ordered)RACH流程接入第二网络设备。In an exemplary embodiment, the terminal device can access the second network device based on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) triggered (ordered) RACH process.

另一种示例性的,终端设备可以基于随机接入切换(RACH-less HO)流程接入第二网络设备。In another exemplary embodiment, the terminal device can access the second network device based on a random access handover (RACH-less HO) process.

例如,RACH-less HO流程可以基于第二SSB关联的系统消息接入第二网络设备,即,终端设备可以根据群(group)-RNTI对第二SSB关联的系统消息进行盲检,若成功解调,终端设备可以根据RO资源接入第二网络设备。For example, the RACH-less HO process can access the second network device based on the system message associated with the second SSB, that is, the terminal device can blindly detect the system message associated with the second SSB according to the group-RNTI. If the demodulation is successful, the terminal device can access the second network device according to the RO resources.

S1210、第二网络设备向终端设备发送完成LTM应答信息;相应的,终端设备接收来自第二网络设备的完成LTM应答信息。S1210. The second network device sends LTM completion response information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives LTM completion response information from the second network device.

基于上述步骤,终端设备可以实现小区切换并接入第二网络设备。其中,终端设备通过测量第二HO-SSB的信号强度,可以确定满足小区切换的条件。第二HO-SSB的周期长,可以减少终端设备的功耗,且第二HO-SSB的SSB模式不固定,可以降低干扰,提高信号测量的准确性,进而可以提升小区切换的有效性。Based on the above steps, the terminal device can implement cell switching and access the second network device. Among them, the terminal device can determine whether the conditions for cell switching are met by measuring the signal strength of the second HO-SSB. The second HO-SSB has a long period, which can reduce the power consumption of the terminal device, and the SSB mode of the second HO-SSB is not fixed, which can reduce interference and improve the accuracy of signal measurement, thereby improving the effectiveness of cell switching.

可以理解的是,终端设备可以根据第二HO-SSB和第二HO-SSB的配置信息获取HO-SSB所在的时频域位置(CORESET)以及小区切换关联的系统消息(HO-system information,HO-SI)配置。It can be understood that the terminal device can obtain the time-frequency domain location (CORESET) of the HO-SSB and the system message (HO-system information, HO-SI) configuration associated with the cell switching based on the configuration information of the second HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB.

其中,HO-SI可以根据终端设备或者终端设备组的RNTI进行加扰,可以提高通信的可靠性。Among them, the HO-SI can be encrypted according to the RNTI of the terminal device or the terminal device group, which can improve the reliability of communication.

可选的,基于上述对小区接入、小区重选和小区切换的描述,本申请还提出一种HO-SSB协同的方法,用于第一网络设备调整第一HO-SSB所占的时频域和第二网络设备调整第二HO-SSB所占的时频域,尽可能避免第一HO-SSB和第二HO-SSB占用同一时频资源,可以降低第一HO-SSB和第二HO-SSB之间的干扰。Optionally, based on the above description of cell access, cell reselection and cell switching, the present application also proposes a HO-SSB collaboration method, which is used by the first network device to adjust the time-frequency domain occupied by the first HO-SSB and the second network device to adjust the time-frequency domain occupied by the second HO-SSB, so as to avoid the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB occupying the same time-frequency resources as much as possible, thereby reducing interference between the first HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB.

一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例提供的通信方法包括:第一网络设备向第二网络设备发送第三配置信息;相应的,第二网络设备接收来自第一网络设备的第三配置信息,并根据第三配置信息调整第二HO-SSB占用的时频资源。In one possible implementation, the communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application includes: a first network device sends third configuration information to a second network device; accordingly, the second network device receives the third configuration information from the first network device, and adjusts the time and frequency resources occupied by the second HO-SSB according to the third configuration information.

其中,第三配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一HO-SSB模式、第一的HO-SSB的时域信息、第一HO-SSB的频点信息、第一HO-SSB的极化域信息、第一HO-SSB周期、或第一HO-SSB持续时间。The third configuration information includes one or more of the following: a first HO-SSB mode, time domain information of a first HO-SSB, frequency information of a first HO-SSB, polarization domain information of a first HO-SSB, a first HO-SSB cycle, or a first HO-SSB duration.

一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例提供的通信方法包括:第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第四配置信息;相应的,第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的第四配置信息,并根据第四配置信息调整第一HO-SSB占用的时频资源。In one possible implementation, the communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application includes: the second network device sends fourth configuration information to the first network device; accordingly, the first network device receives the fourth configuration information from the second network device, and adjusts the time and frequency resources occupied by the first HO-SSB according to the fourth configuration information.

其中,第四配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第二HO-SSB模式、第二HO-SSB的时域信息、第二HO-SSB的频点信息、第二HO-SSB的极化域信息、第二HO-SSB周期、或第二HO-SSB持续时间。The fourth configuration information includes one or more of the following: a second HO-SSB mode, time domain information of a second HO-SSB, frequency information of a second HO-SSB, polarization domain information of a second HO-SSB, a second HO-SSB period, or a second HO-SSB duration.

一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例提供的通信方法包括:第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第四配置信息;相应的,第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的第四配置信息,并根据第四配置信息,确定第一网络设备待切换的波位集合,并通过配置信息向待切换的波位集合发送HO-SSB,尽可能避免与第二网络设备的波位集合重叠。In one possible implementation, the communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application includes: the second network device sends fourth configuration information to the first network device; accordingly, the first network device receives the fourth configuration information from the second network device, and determines the wave position set to be switched by the first network device based on the fourth configuration information, and sends HO-SSB to the wave position set to be switched through the configuration information, avoiding overlap with the wave position set of the second network device as much as possible.

一种可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例提供的通信方法包括:第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送第三配置信息;相应的,第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的第三配置信息,并根据第三配置信息,切换第二网络设备待切换的波位集合,并通过配置信息向待切换的波位集合发送HO-SSB,尽可能避免与第一网络设备的波位集合重叠。In one possible implementation, the communication method provided in an embodiment of the present application includes: the second network device sends third configuration information to the first network device; accordingly, the first network device receives the third configuration information from the second network device, and switches the wave position set to be switched of the second network device according to the third configuration information, and sends HO-SSB to the wave position set to be switched through the configuration information, so as to avoid overlapping with the wave position set of the first network device as much as possible.

示例性的,第一网络设备和第二网络设备交互的参数可以为HO-SSB周期,HO-SSB关联的离开服务仰角和/或进入服务仰角,即HO-SSB elevation hand out和/或HO-SSB elevation hand in,HO-SSB模式位图(bitmap)。根据上述参数,可以确定待切换的波位集合,如下表1所示,本申请给出几个典型场景下参数的取值:Exemplarily, the parameters for the interaction between the first network device and the second network device may be the HO-SSB period, the HO-SSB-associated leaving service elevation angle and/or entering service elevation angle, i.e., HO-SSB elevation hand out and/or HO-SSB elevation hand in, and the HO-SSB mode bitmap. Based on the above parameters, the set of wave positions to be switched may be determined, as shown in Table 1 below. The present application provides the values of the parameters in several typical scenarios:

表1典型场景下小区交互的参数的取值
Table 1 Values of cell interaction parameters in typical scenarios

在场景1中,HO-SSB的周期可以为1s,HO-SSB关联的离开服务仰角可以为30,HO-SSB关联的进入服务仰角为30,HO-SSB的长度可以为32的0/1比特串。In scenario 1, the period of HO-SSB may be 1 second, the outgoing service elevation angle associated with HO-SSB may be 30 degrees, the incoming service elevation angle associated with HO-SSB may be 30 degrees, and the length of HO-SSB may be a 32-bit 0/1 bit string.

在场景2中,HO-SSB的周期可以为10s,HO-SSB关联的离开服务仰角可以为32,HO-SSB关联的进入服务仰角为31,HO-SSB的长度可以为256的0/1比特串。In scenario 2, the period of HO-SSB may be 10 seconds, the leaving service elevation angle associated with HO-SSB may be 32, the entering service elevation angle associated with HO-SSB may be 31, and the length of HO-SSB may be a 256-bit 0/1 bit string.

在场景3中,HO-SSB的周期可以为1s,HO-SSB关联的离开服务仰角可以为40,HO-SSB关联的进入服务仰角为45,HO-SSB的长度可以为4的0/1比特串。In scenario 3, the period of HO-SSB may be 1 second, the outgoing service elevation angle associated with HO-SSB may be 40 degrees, the incoming service elevation angle associated with HO-SSB may be 45 degrees, and the length of HO-SSB may be a 0/1 bit string of 4.

需要说明的是,本申请的各个实施例可以独立实施,也可以结合起来实施,不予限制。如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,本申请提供的不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。It should be noted that the various embodiments of the present application can be implemented independently or in combination without limitation. If there is no special explanation or logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions of the different embodiments provided in the present application are consistent and can be referenced to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments can be combined to form new embodiments according to their inherent logical relationships.

可以理解的,本申请实施例中,执行主体可以执行本申请实施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照本申请实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行本申请实施例中的全部操作。It is understandable that in the embodiments of the present application, the execution subject may execute some or all of the steps in the embodiments of the present application, and these steps or operations are only examples. The embodiments of the present application may also execute other operations or variations of various operations. In addition, the various steps may be executed in different orders presented in the embodiments of the present application, and it is possible that not all operations in the embodiments of the present application need to be executed.

上述主要从各个设备之间交互的角度对本申请提供的方案进行了介绍。相应的,本申请还提供了通信装置,该通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的终端设备,或者包含上述终端设备的装置,或者为可用于终端设备的部件;或者,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例涉及的网络设备,或者包含该网络设备的装置,或者为可用于该网络设备的部件。The above mainly introduces the solution provided by the present application from the perspective of interaction between various devices. Correspondingly, the present application also provides a communication device, which is used to implement the above various methods. The communication device can be a terminal device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above terminal device, or a component that can be used for the terminal device; or, the communication device can be a network device involved in the above method embodiment, or a device including the network device, or a component that can be used for the network device.

可以理解的是,该通信装置为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。It is understandable that, in order to realize the above functions, the communication device includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to the execution of each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that, in combination with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in the form of hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of this application.

本申请实施例可以根据上述方法实施例对通信装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the communication device according to the above method embodiment. For example, each functional module can be divided according to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated module can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic and is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation.

在第一种实施场景下,以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的终端设备为例,图13示出了一种终端设备130的结构示意图。其中,该终端设备130包括处理模块1301和收发模块1302。In the first implementation scenario, taking the communication device as the terminal device in the above method embodiment as an example, FIG13 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a terminal device 130. The terminal device 130 includes a processing module 1301 and a transceiver module 1302.

在一些实施例中,该终端设备130还可以包括存储模块(图13中未示出),用于存储程序指令和数据。In some embodiments, the terminal device 130 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 13 ) for storing program instructions and data.

在一些实施例中,收发模块1302,也可以称为收发单元用以实现发送和/或接收功能。该收发模块1302可以由收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1302, which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions. The transceiver module 1302 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.

在一些实施例中,收发模块1302,可以包括接收模块和发送模块,分别用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端设备执行的接收和发送类的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;处理模块1301,可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由终端执行的处理类(例如确定、生成等)的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1302 may include a receiving module and a sending module, which are respectively used to execute the receiving and sending steps performed by the terminal device in the above-mentioned method embodiments, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described herein; the processing module 1301 may be used to execute the processing steps (such as determination, generation, etc.) performed by the terminal in the above-mentioned method embodiments, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described herein.

示例性的,收发模块1302,用于接收来自第一网络设备的第一广播信息;其中,第一广播信息包括一个或多个SSB和一个或多个SSB的配置信息。处理模块1301,用于根据第一广播信息确定第一网络设备的第一HO-SSB和第一HO-SSB的配置信息,根据第一HO-SSB的配置信息,确定第一网络设备的第一SSB;或者,根据第一广播信息确定第一HO-SSB和第一HO-SSB的配置信息、以及第一SSB和第一SSB的配置信息;其中,第一SSB用于接入第一网络设备,第一HO-SSB用于移动性管理,第一HO-SSB的周期大于第一SSB的周期。处理模块1301,还用于根据第一SSB,接入第一网络设备。Exemplarily, the transceiver module 1302 is used to receive first broadcast information from a first network device; wherein the first broadcast information includes one or more SSBs and configuration information of one or more SSBs. The processing module 1301 is used to determine the first HO-SSB of the first network device and the configuration information of the first HO-SSB according to the first broadcast information, and determine the first SSB of the first network device according to the configuration information of the first HO-SSB; or, determine the first HO-SSB and the configuration information of the first HO-SSB, and the configuration information of the first SSB and the first SSB according to the first broadcast information; wherein the first SSB is used to access the first network device, the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management, and the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB. The processing module 1301 is also used to access the first network device according to the first SSB.

一种可能的实现中,第一SSB的配置信息包括下述一种或多种:SSB索引、SSB类型、SSB模式、子载波间隔、准共址信息、是否关联SIB1、SSB的时域信息、SSB的频域信息、SSB的极化域信息、第一RO资源信息、或第一指示信息;其中,SSB模式用于指示SSB在时频域上的图案,准共址信息用于指示SSB关联的波束,第一指示信息用于指示SSB为第一SSB或第一HO-SSB,第一RO资源用于指示第一网络设备的RO资源。In one possible implementation, the configuration information of the first SSB includes one or more of the following: SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, quasi-co-location information, whether associated with SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information; wherein, the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency domain, the quasi-co-location information is used to indicate the beam associated with the SSB, the first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB, and the first RO resource is used to indicate the RO resource of the first network device.

一种可能的实现中,第一HO-SSB的配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一SMTC信息、SSB索引、SSB类型、SSB模式、子载波间隔、准共址信息、是否关联SIB1、SSB的时域信息、SSB的频域信息、SSB的极化域信息、第一RO资源信息、或第一指示信息;其中,第一SMTC信息包括下述一种或多种:位置或时间触发的重选测量、测量优先级、参考点位置、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、第一网络设备的星历信息、或第一HO-SSB的信号质量阈值;测量优先级用于确定不同领区/频点的测量次序,参考点位置用于位置触发的测量;SSB模式用于指示SSB在时频域上的图案,准共址信息用于指示SSB关联的波束,第一指示信息用于指示SSB为第一SSB或第一HO-SSB,第一RO资源用于指示第一网络设备的RO资源。In one possible implementation, the configuration information of the first HO-SSB includes one or more of the following: first SMTC information, SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, quasi-co-location information, whether associated with SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information; wherein the first SMTC information includes one or more of the following: position or time triggered reselection measurement, measurement priority, reference point position, SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the first network device, or signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB; the measurement priority is used to determine the measurement order of different areas/frequencies, and the reference point position is used for position triggered measurement; the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency domain, the quasi-co-location information is used to indicate the beam associated with the SSB, the first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB, and the first RO resource is used to indicate the RO resource of the first network device.

一种可能的实现中,处理模块1301,还用于当SSB的SSB索引大于或等于下述任一SSB索引时,确定SSB为第一HO-SSB:4、8、或64;或者,当SSB的SSB模式不是预设SSB模式时,确定SSB为第一HO-SSB;或者,当SSB的极化域信息为左旋圆极化或者右旋圆极化时,确定SSB为第一HO-SSB;或者,当SSB的配置信息中的第一指示信息指示SSB为第一HO-SSB时,确定SSB为第一HO-SSB。In one possible implementation, the processing module 1301 is further used to determine that the SSB is a first HO-SSB when the SSB index of the SSB is greater than or equal to any of the following SSB indexes: 4, 8, or 64; or, when the SSB mode of the SSB is not a preset SSB mode, determine that the SSB is a first HO-SSB; or, when the polarization domain information of the SSB is left-hand circular polarization or right-hand circular polarization, determine that the SSB is a first HO-SSB; or, when the first indication information in the configuration information of the SSB indicates that the SSB is a first HO-SSB, determine that the SSB is a first HO-SSB.

一种可能的实现中,处理模块1301,还用于当SSB的SSB索引小于下述任一SSB索引时,确定SSB为第一SSB:4、8、或64;或者,当SSB的SSB模式为预设SSB模式时,确定SSB为第一SSB;或者,当SSB的极化域信息为右旋圆极化或者左旋圆极化时,确定SSB为第一SSB;当SSB的配置信息中的第一指示信息确定SSB为第一SSB时,确定SSB为第一SSB。In one possible implementation, the processing module 1301 is also used to determine that the SSB is the first SSB when the SSB index of the SSB is less than any of the following SSB indexes: 4, 8, or 64; or, when the SSB mode of the SSB is a preset SSB mode, determine that the SSB is the first SSB; or, when the polarization domain information of the SSB is right-hand circular polarization or left-hand circular polarization, determine that the SSB is the first SSB; when the first indication information in the configuration information of the SSB determines that the SSB is the first SSB, determine that the SSB is the first SSB.

一种可能的实现中,处理模块1301,还用于根据第一HO-SSB的配置信息中的下述一种或多种信息确定第一SSB:第一HO-SSB的时域信息、第一HO-SSB的频域信息、或第一HO-SSB的极化域信息。In one possible implementation, the processing module 1301 is further used to determine the first SSB based on one or more of the following information in the configuration information of the first HO-SSB: time domain information of the first HO-SSB, frequency domain information of the first HO-SSB, or polarization domain information of the first HO-SSB.

一种可能的实现中,收发模块1302,还用于接收来自第一网络设备的第二广播信息;其中,第二广播信息包括第二SMTC信息和第二RO资源信息,第二SMTC信息用于指示第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB,第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理,第二RO资源信息用于指示第二网络设备的RO资源。处理模块1301,还用于根据第二SMTC信息,获取第二HO-SSB和第二HO-SSB的配置信息;处理模块1301,还用于根据第二HO-SSB的信号强度确定进行小区重选/小区切换时,获取第二网络设备的第二SSB;收发模块1302,还用于基于第二RO资源信息,根据第二SSB接入第二网络设备。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1302 is also used to receive the second broadcast information from the first network device; wherein the second broadcast information includes the second SMTC information and the second RO resource information, the second SMTC information is used to indicate the second HO-SSB of the second network device, the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management, and the second RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resource of the second network device. The processing module 1301 is also used to obtain the configuration information of the second HO-SSB and the second HO-SSB according to the second SMTC information; the processing module 1301 is also used to obtain the second SSB of the second network device when determining the cell reselection/cell switching according to the signal strength of the second HO-SSB; the transceiver module 1302 is also used to access the second network device according to the second SSB based on the second RO resource information.

一种可能的实现中,收发模块1302,还用于根据第二HO-SSB的配置信息中的下述一种或多种信息获取第二SSB:第二HO-SSB的时域信息、第二HO-SSB的频域信息、或第二HO-SSB的极化域信息;或者,接收来自第二网络设备的第三广播信息;其中,第三广播信息包括第二SSB和第二SSB的配置信息。In one possible implementation, the transceiver module 1302 is also used to obtain the second SSB based on one or more of the following information in the configuration information of the second HO-SSB: time domain information of the second HO-SSB, frequency domain information of the second HO-SSB, or polarization domain information of the second HO-SSB; or, receive third broadcast information from the second network device; wherein the third broadcast information includes the configuration information of the second SSB and the second SSB.

一种可能的实现中,收发模块1302,还用于接收来自第一网络设备的一个或多个SSB和每个SSB关联的RRC配置信息;其中,一个或多个SSB包括下述一种或多种:第一SSB、或第一HO-SSB;第一SSB关联的RRC配置信息包括第一SSB的配置信息,第一HO-SSB关联的RRC配置信息包括第一HO-SSB的配置信息。收发模块1302,还用于向第一网络设备发送测量结果和终端设备的位置信息;其中,测量结果用于指示下述一种或多种:第一SSB的信号强度、或第一HO-SSB的信号强度。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1302 is further used to receive one or more SSBs from the first network device and RRC configuration information associated with each SSB; wherein the one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: a first SSB or a first HO-SSB; the RRC configuration information associated with the first SSB includes configuration information of the first SSB, and the RRC configuration information associated with the first HO-SSB includes configuration information of the first HO-SSB. The transceiver module 1302 is further used to send measurement results and location information of the terminal device to the first network device; wherein the measurement results are used to indicate one or more of the following: signal strength of the first SSB or signal strength of the first HO-SSB.

一种可能的实现中,处理模块1301,还用于根据第二HO-SSB,与第二网络设备进行下行同步。In a possible implementation, the processing module 1301 is further configured to perform downlink synchronization with the second network device according to the second HO-SSB.

一种可能的实现中,收发模块1302,还用于根据第二SMTC信息,接收来自第二网络设备的定时信息。处理模块1301,还用于根据定时信息,与第二网络设备进行上行同步。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1302 is further configured to receive timing information from the second network device according to the second SMTC information. The processing module 1301 is further configured to perform uplink synchronization with the second network device according to the timing information.

在本申请中,该终端设备130以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。In the present application, the terminal device 130 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner. The "module" here may refer to an ASIC, a circuit, a processor and a memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.

在一些实施例中,在硬件实现上,本领域的技术人员可以想到该终端设备130可以采用图7所示的通信装置70的形式。In some embodiments, in terms of hardware implementation, those skilled in the art may conceive that the terminal device 130 may take the form of the communication device 70 shown in FIG. 7 .

作为一种示例,图13中的处理模块1301的功能/实现过程可以通过图7所示的通信装置70中的处理器701调用存储器703中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。图13中的收发模块1302的功能/实现过程可以通过图7所示的通信装置70中的通信接口704来实现。As an example, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1301 in FIG13 can be implemented by the processor 701 in the communication device 70 shown in FIG7 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 703. The function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1302 in FIG13 can be implemented by the communication interface 704 in the communication device 70 shown in FIG7.

在一些实施例中,当图13中的终端设备130是芯片或芯片系统时,收发模块1302的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的输入输出接口(或通信接口)实现,处理模块1301的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的处理器(或者处理电路)实现。In some embodiments, when the terminal device 130 in Figure 13 is a chip or a chip system, the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1302 can be implemented through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system, and the function/implementation process of the processing module 1301 can be implemented through the processor (or processing circuit) of the chip or the chip system.

由于本实施例提供的终端设备130可执行上述方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the terminal device 130 provided in this embodiment can execute the above method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above method embodiments and will not be repeated here.

在第二种实施场景下,以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的第一网络设备为例,图14示出了一种第一网络设备140的结构示意图。其中,该第一网络设备140包括处理模块1401和收发模块1402。In the second implementation scenario, taking the communication device as the first network device in the above method embodiment as an example, FIG14 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a first network device 140. The first network device 140 includes a processing module 1401 and a transceiver module 1402.

在一些实施例中,该第一网络设备140还可以包括存储模块(图14中未示出),用于存储程序指令和数据。In some embodiments, the first network device 140 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 14 ) for storing program instructions and data.

在一些实施例中,收发模块1402,也可以称为收发单元用以实现发送和/或接收功能。该收发模块1402可以由收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1402, which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions. The transceiver module 1402 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.

在一些实施例中,收发模块1402,可以包括接收模块和发送模块,分别用于执行上述方法实施例中由第一网络设备执行的接收和发送类的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;处理模块1401,可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由第一网络设备执行的处理类(例如确定、生成等)的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1402 may include a receiving module and a sending module, which are respectively used to execute the receiving and sending steps performed by the first network device in the above method embodiment, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described in this document; the processing module 1401 may be used to execute the processing steps (such as determination, generation, etc.) performed by the first network device in the above method embodiment, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described in this document.

示例性的,收发模块1402,用于发送第一广播信息;其中,第一广播信息包括一个或多个SSB和每个SSB的配置信息;一个或多个SSB包括下述一种或多种:第一网络设备的第一SSB、或第一网络设备的第一HO-SS,第一SSB用于接入第一网络设备,第一HO-SSB用于移动性管理,第一HO-SSB的周期大于第一SSB的周期;SSB的配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一SSB的配置信息、或第一HO-SSB的配置信息。Exemplarily, the transceiver module 1402 is used to send first broadcast information; wherein the first broadcast information includes one or more SSBs and configuration information of each SSB; the one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: the first SSB of the first network device, or the first HO-SS of the first network device, the first SSB is used to access the first network device, the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management, and the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB; the configuration information of the SSB includes one or more of the following: configuration information of the first SSB, or configuration information of the first HO-SSB.

一种可能的实现中,第一SSB的配置信息包括下述一种或多种:SSB索引、SSB类型、SSB模式、子载波间隔、准共址信息、是否关联SIB1、SSB的时域信息、SSB的频域信息、SSB的极化域信息、第一RO资源信息、或第一指示信息;其中,SSB模式用于指示SSB在时频域上的图案,准共址信息用于指示SSB关联的波束,第一指示信息用于指示SSB为第一SSB或第一HO-SSB,第一RO资源用于指示第一网络设备的RO资源。In one possible implementation, the configuration information of the first SSB includes one or more of the following: SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, quasi-co-location information, whether associated with SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information; wherein, the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency domain, the quasi-co-location information is used to indicate the beam associated with the SSB, the first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB, and the first RO resource is used to indicate the RO resource of the first network device.

一种可能的实现中,第一HO-SSB的配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一SMTC信息、SSB索引、SSB类型、SSB模式、子载波间隔、准共址信息、是否关联SIB1、SSB的时域信息、SSB的频域信息、SSB的极化域信息、第一RO资源信息、或第一指示信息;其中,第一SMTC信息包括下述一种或多种:位置或时间触发的重选测量、测量优先级、参考点位置、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、第一网络设备的星历信息、或第一HO-SSB的信号质量阈值;测量优先级用于确定不同领区/频点的测量次序,参考点位置用于位置触发的测量;SSB模式用于指示SSB在时频域上的图案,准共址信息用于指示SSB关联的波束,第一指示信息用于指示SSB为第一SSB或第一HO-SSB,第一RO资源用于指示第一网络设备的RO资源。In one possible implementation, the configuration information of the first HO-SSB includes one or more of the following: first SMTC information, SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, quasi-co-location information, whether associated with SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information; wherein the first SMTC information includes one or more of the following: position or time triggered reselection measurement, measurement priority, reference point position, SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the first network device, or signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB; the measurement priority is used to determine the measurement order of different areas/frequencies, and the reference point position is used for position triggered measurement; the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency domain, the quasi-co-location information is used to indicate the beam associated with the SSB, the first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB, and the first RO resource is used to indicate the RO resource of the first network device.

一种可能的实现中,收发模块1402,还用于向第二网络设备发送第一配置信息;其中,第一配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、第一网络设备的星历信息、第一RO资源信息、无线网络临时鉴定RNTI、或不同时间段对应的接入资源配置;第一RO资源信息用于指示第一网络设备的RO资源,RNTI用于分区不同的终端设备。In one possible implementation, the transceiver module 1402 is also used to send first configuration information to the second network device; wherein the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the first network device, the first RO resource information, the wireless network temporary identification RNTI, or the access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; the first RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the first network device, and the RNTI is used to partition different terminal devices.

一种可能的实现中,收发模块1402,还用于接收来自第二网络设备的第二配置信息;其中,第二配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、第二网络设备的星历信息、第二RO资源信息、RNTI、或不同时间段对应的接入资源配置;第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理;第二RO资源信息用于指示第二网络设备的RO资源。处理模块1401,用于根据第二配置信息确定第二SMTC信息;其中,第二SMTC信息用于指示第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1402 is further used to receive second configuration information from the second network device; wherein the second configuration information includes one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the second HO-SSB of the second network device, the SMTC duration associated with the second HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the second HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the second network device, the second RO resource information, RNTI, or the access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management; the second RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resource of the second network device. The processing module 1401 is used to determine the second SMTC information according to the second configuration information; wherein the second SMTC information is used to indicate the second HO-SSB of the second network device.

一种可能的实现中,收发模块1402,还用于向终端设备发送第二广播信息;其中,第二广播信息包括第二SMTC信息和第二RO资源信息。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1402 is further configured to send second broadcast information to the terminal device; wherein the second broadcast information includes second SMTC information and second RO resource information.

一种可能的实现中,收发模块1402,还用于向终端设备发送一个或多个SSB和每个SSB关联的RRC配置信息;其中,一个或多个SSB包括下述一种或多种:第一SSB、或第一HO-SSB;第一SSB关联的RRC配置信息包括第一SSB的配置信息,第一HO-SSB关联的RRC配置信息包括第一HO-SSB的配置信息。In one possible implementation, the transceiver module 1402 is also used to send one or more SSBs and RRC configuration information associated with each SSB to the terminal device; wherein the one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: a first SSB, or a first HO-SSB; the RRC configuration information associated with the first SSB includes the configuration information of the first SSB, and the RRC configuration information associated with the first HO-SSB includes the configuration information of the first HO-SSB.

一种可能的实现中,收发模块1402,还用于向第二网络设备发送第三配置信息;其中,第三配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一HO-SSB模式、第一HO-SSB的时域信息、第一HO-SSB的频点信息、第一HO-SSB的极化域信息、第一HO-SSB周期、或第一HO-SSB持续时间。In one possible implementation, the transceiver module 1402 is also used to send third configuration information to the second network device; wherein the third configuration information includes one or more of the following: a first HO-SSB mode, time domain information of the first HO-SSB, frequency information of the first HO-SSB, polarization domain information of the first HO-SSB, a first HO-SSB cycle, or a first HO-SSB duration.

一种可能的实现中,收发模块1402,还用于接收来自第二网络设备的第四配置信息;其中,第四配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB模式、第二HO-SSB的时域信息、第二HO-SSB的频点信息、第二HO-SSB的极化域信息、第二HO-SSB周期、或第二HO-SSB持续时间;第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理。处理模块1401,还用于根据第四配置信息,调整第一HO-SSB占用的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1402 is further used to receive fourth configuration information from the second network device; wherein the fourth configuration information includes one or more of the following: a second HO-SSB mode of the second network device, time domain information of the second HO-SSB, frequency information of the second HO-SSB, polarization domain information of the second HO-SSB, a second HO-SSB period, or a second HO-SSB duration; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management. The processing module 1401 is further used to adjust the time-frequency resources occupied by the first HO-SSB according to the fourth configuration information.

在本申请中,该第一网络设备140以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。In the present application, the first network device 140 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner. The "module" here may refer to an ASIC, a circuit, a processor and a memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.

在一些实施例中,在硬件实现上,本领域的技术人员可以想到该第一网络设备140可以采用图7所示的通信装置70的形式。In some embodiments, in terms of hardware implementation, those skilled in the art may conceive that the first network device 140 may take the form of the communication device 70 shown in FIG. 7 .

作为一种示例,图14中的处理模块1401的功能/实现过程可以通过图7所示的通信装置70中的处理器701调用存储器703中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。图14中的收发模块1402的功能/实现过程可以通过图7所示的通信装置70中的通信接口704来实现。As an example, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1401 in FIG14 can be implemented by the processor 701 in the communication device 70 shown in FIG7 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 703. The function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1402 in FIG14 can be implemented by the communication interface 704 in the communication device 70 shown in FIG7.

在一些实施例中,当图14中的第一网络设备140是芯片或芯片系统时,收发模块1402的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的输入输出接口(或通信接口)实现,处理模块1401的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的处理器(或者处理电路)实现。In some embodiments, when the first network device 140 in Figure 14 is a chip or a chip system, the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1402 can be implemented through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system, and the function/implementation process of the processing module 1401 can be implemented through the processor (or processing circuit) of the chip or the chip system.

由于本实施例提供的第一网络设备140可执行上述方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the first network device 140 provided in this embodiment can execute the above method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above method embodiments and will not be repeated here.

在第三种实施场景下,以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的第二网络设备为例,图15示出了一种第二网络设备150的结构示意图。其中,该第二网络设备150包括处理模块1501和收发模块1502。In the third implementation scenario, taking the communication device as the second network device in the above method embodiment as an example, FIG15 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a second network device 150. The second network device 150 includes a processing module 1501 and a transceiver module 1502.

在一些实施例中,该第二网络设备150还可以包括存储模块(图15中未示出),用于存储程序指令和数据。In some embodiments, the second network device 150 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 15 ) for storing program instructions and data.

在一些实施例中,收发模块1502,也可以称为收发单元用以实现发送和/或接收功能。该收发模块1502可以由收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1502, which may also be referred to as a transceiver unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions. The transceiver module 1502 may be composed of a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.

在一些实施例中,收发模块1502,可以包括接收模块和发送模块,分别用于执行上述方法实施例中由第二网络设备执行的接收和发送类的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程;处理模块1501,可以用于执行上述方法实施例中由第二网络设备执行的处理类(例如确定、生成等)的步骤,和/或用于支持本文所描述的技术的其它过程。In some embodiments, the transceiver module 1502 may include a receiving module and a sending module, which are respectively used to execute the receiving and sending steps performed by the second network device in the above method embodiment, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described in this document; the processing module 1501 may be used to execute the processing steps (such as determination, generation, etc.) performed by the second network device in the above method embodiment, and/or used to support other processes of the technology described in this document.

示例性的,收发模块1502,用于接收来自第一网络设备的第一配置信息;其中,第一配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一网络设备的第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、第一网络设备的星历信息、第一RO资源信息、RNTI、或不同时间段对应的接入资源配置;第一RO资源信息用于指示第一网络设备的RO资源;RNTI用于分区不同的终端设备;第一HO-SSB用于移动性管理。处理模块1501,用于根据第一配置信息确定第一SMTC信息;其中,第一SMTC信息用于指示第一网络设备的第一HO-SSB。Exemplarily, the transceiver module 1502 is used to receive first configuration information from the first network device; wherein the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB of the first network device, the SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the first network device, the first RO resource information, RNTI, or the access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; the first RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the first network device; the RNTI is used to partition different terminal devices; the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management. The processing module 1501 is used to determine the first SMTC information according to the first configuration information; wherein the first SMTC information is used to indicate the first HO-SSB of the first network device.

一种可能的实现中,收发模块1502,还用于向第一网络设备发送第二配置信息;其中,第二配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、第二网络设备的星历信息、第二RO资源信息、或RNTI;第二RO资源信息用于指示第二网络设备的RO资源;第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理。In one possible implementation, the transceiver module 1502 is also used to send second configuration information to the first network device; wherein the second configuration information includes one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the second HO-SSB of the second network device, the SMTC duration associated with the second HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the second HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the second network device, the second RO resource information, or the RNTI; the second RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the second network device; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management.

一种可能的实现中,收发模块1502,还用于接收来自第一网络设备的第三配置信息;其中,第三配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一HO-SSB模式、第一HO-SSB的时域信息、第一HO-SSB的频点信息、第一HO-SSB的极化域信息、第一HO-SSB周期、或第一HO-SSB持续时间。处理模块1501,还用于根据第三配置信息,调整第二HO-SSB占用的时频资源。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1502 is further used to receive third configuration information from the first network device; wherein the third configuration information includes one or more of the following: a first HO-SSB mode, time domain information of the first HO-SSB, frequency information of the first HO-SSB, polarization domain information of the first HO-SSB, a first HO-SSB period, or a first HO-SSB duration. The processing module 1501 is further used to adjust the time-frequency resources occupied by the second HO-SSB according to the third configuration information.

一种可能的实现中,收发模块1502,还用于向第一网络设备发送第四配置信息;其中,第四配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB模式、第二HO-SSB的时域信息、第二HO-SSB的频点信息、第二HO-SSB的极化域信息、第二HO-SSB周期、或第二HO-SSB持续时间;第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理。In one possible implementation, the transceiver module 1502 is also used to send fourth configuration information to the first network device; wherein the fourth configuration information includes one or more of the following: a second HO-SSB mode of the second network device, time domain information of the second HO-SSB, frequency information of the second HO-SSB, polarization domain information of the second HO-SSB, a second HO-SSB period, or a second HO-SSB duration; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management.

一种可能的实现中,处理模块1501,还用于根据第二HO-SSB,与终端设备进行下行同步。In a possible implementation, the processing module 1501 is further configured to perform downlink synchronization with the terminal device according to the second HO-SSB.

一种可能的实现中,收发模块1502,还用于根据第二SMTC信息,向终端设备发送定时信息;其中,第二SMTC信息用于指示第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB;第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理。处理模块1501,还用于根据定时信息,与终端设备进行上行同步。In a possible implementation, the transceiver module 1502 is further used to send timing information to the terminal device according to the second SMTC information; wherein the second SMTC information is used to indicate the second HO-SSB of the second network device; and the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management. The processing module 1501 is further used to perform uplink synchronization with the terminal device according to the timing information.

在本申请中,该第二网络设备150以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。In the present application, the second network device 150 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner. The "module" here may refer to an ASIC, a circuit, a processor and a memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, an integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.

在一些实施例中,在硬件实现上,本领域的技术人员可以想到该第二网络设备150可以采用图7所示的通信装置70的形式。In some embodiments, in terms of hardware implementation, those skilled in the art may conceive that the second network device 150 may take the form of the communication device 70 shown in FIG. 7 .

作为一种示例,图15中的处理模块1501的功能/实现过程可以通过图7所示的通信装置70中的处理器701调用存储器703中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。图15中的收发模块1502的功能/实现过程可以通过图7所示的通信装置70中的通信接口704来实现。As an example, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1501 in FIG15 can be implemented by the processor 701 in the communication device 70 shown in FIG7 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 703. The function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1502 in FIG15 can be implemented by the communication interface 704 in the communication device 70 shown in FIG7.

在一些实施例中,当图15中的第二网络设备150是芯片或芯片系统时,收发模块1502的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的输入输出接口(或通信接口)实现,处理模块1501的功能/实现过程可以通过芯片或芯片系统的处理器(或者处理电路)实现。In some embodiments, when the second network device 150 in Figure 15 is a chip or a chip system, the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1502 can be implemented through the input and output interface (or communication interface) of the chip or the chip system, and the function/implementation process of the processing module 1501 can be implemented through the processor (or processing circuit) of the chip or the chip system.

由于本实施例提供的第二网络设备150可执行上述方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the second network device 150 provided in this embodiment can execute the above method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above method embodiment and will not be repeated here.

作为一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例所述的终端设备、第一网络设备或第二网络设备,还可以使用下述来实现:一个或多个现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)、控制器、状态机、门逻辑、分立硬件部件、任何其它适合的电路、或者能够执行本申请通篇所描述的各种功能的电路的任意组合。As a possible product form, the terminal device, the first network device or the second network device described in the embodiments of the present application can also be implemented using the following: one or more field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), programmable logic devices (PLD), controllers, state machines, gate logic, discrete hardware components, any other suitable circuits, or any combination of circuits that can perform the various functions described throughout the present application.

作为另一种可能的产品形态,本申请实施例所述的终端设备、第一网络设备或第二网络设备,可以由一般性的总线体系结构来实现。为了便于说明,参见图16,图16是本申请实施例提供的通信装置160的结构示意图,该通信装置160包括处理器1601和收发器1602。该通信装置160可以为终端设备,或其中的芯片或模块;或者,该通信装置160可以为第一网络设备,或其中的芯片或模块;或者,该通信装置160可以为第二网络设备,或其中的芯片或模块。图16仅示出了通信装置160的主要部件。除处理器1601和收发器1602之外,通信装置还可以进一步包括存储器1603。As another possible product form, the terminal device, the first network device or the second network device described in the embodiment of the present application can be implemented by a general bus architecture. For ease of explanation, refer to Figure 16, which is a structural diagram of a communication device 160 provided in an embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 160 includes a processor 1601 and a transceiver 1602. The communication device 160 can be a terminal device, or a chip or module therein; or, the communication device 160 can be a first network device, or a chip or module therein; or, the communication device 160 can be a second network device, or a chip or module therein. Figure 16 only shows the main components of the communication device 160. In addition to the processor 1601 and the transceiver 1602, the communication device can further include a memory 1603.

可选的,处理器1601主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个通信装置进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。存储器1603主要用于存储软件程序和数据。收发器1602可以包括射频电路和天线,射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。Optionally, the processor 1601 is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire communication device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. The memory 1603 is mainly used to store the software program and data. The transceiver 1602 may include a radio frequency circuit and an antenna. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for converting baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing radio frequency signals. The antenna is mainly used to transmit and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.

可选的,处理器1601、收发器1602、以及存储器1603可以通过通信总线连接。Optionally, the processor 1601, the transceiver 1602, and the memory 1603 may be connected via a communication bus.

当通信装置开机后,处理器1601可以读取存储器1603中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器1601对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到通信装置时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器1601,处理器1601将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the communication device is turned on, the processor 1601 can read the software program in the memory 1603, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor 1601 performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the RF circuit. The RF circuit performs RF processing on the baseband signal and then sends the RF signal outward in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the communication device, the RF circuit receives the RF signal through the antenna, converts the RF signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor 1601. The processor 1601 converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.

在另一种实现中,所述的射频电路和天线可以独立于进行基带处理的处理器而设置,例如在分布式场景中,射频电路和天线可以与独立于通信装置,呈拉远式的布置。In another implementation, the RF circuit and antenna may be arranged independently of the processor performing baseband processing. For example, in a distributed scenario, the RF circuit and antenna may be arranged remotely from the communication device.

在一些实施例中,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器,用于实现上述任一方法实施例中的方法。该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的终端设备、第一网络设备或第二网络设备。In some embodiments, the present application also provides a communication device, which includes a processor, and is used to implement the method in any of the above method embodiments. The communication device can be a terminal device, a first network device, or a second network device in the above method embodiments.

作为一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置还包括存储器。该存储器,用于保存必要的计算机程序和数据。该计算机程序可以包括指令,处理器可以调用存储器中存储的计算机程序中的指令以指令该通信装置执行上述任一方法实施例中的方法。当然,存储器也可以不在该通信装置中。As a possible implementation, the communication device further includes a memory. The memory is used to store necessary computer programs and data. The computer program may include instructions, and the processor may call the instructions in the computer program stored in the memory to instruct the communication device to execute the method in any of the above method embodiments. Of course, the memory may not be in the communication device.

作为另一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置还包括接口电路,该接口电路为代码/数据读写接口电路,该接口电路用于接收计算机执行指令(计算机执行指令存储在存储器中,可能直接从存储器读取,或可能经过其他器件)并传输至该处理器。As another possible implementation, the communication device also includes an interface circuit, which is a code/data read/write interface circuit, which is used to receive computer execution instructions (computer execution instructions are stored in a memory, may be read directly from the memory, or may pass through other devices) and transmit them to the processor.

作为又一种可能的实现方式,该通信装置还包括通信接口,该通信接口用于与该通信装置之外的模块通信。As another possible implementation manner, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the communication interface is used to communicate with a module outside the communication device.

可以理解的是,该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统,该通信装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It can be understood that the communication device can be a chip or a chip system. When the communication device is a chip system, it can be composed of chips, or it can include chips and other discrete devices. The embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this.

本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,该计算机程序或指令被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program or instruction is stored. When the computer program or instruction is executed by a computer, the functions of any of the above method embodiments are implemented.

本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer program product, which implements the functions of any of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.

本领域普通技术人员可以理解,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that, for the sake of convenience and brevity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above may refer to the corresponding processes in the aforementioned method embodiments and will not be repeated here.

可以理解,本申请中描述的系统、装置和方法也可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。It is understood that the systems, devices and methods described in the present application can also be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.

所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, i.e., they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed over multiple network units. The components shown as units may or may not be physical units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.

另外,本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.

在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式来实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,本申请实施例所述的全部或部分流程(或功能)被实现。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带),光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state drive,SSD))等。本申请实施例中,计算机可以包括前面所述的装置。In the above embodiments, it can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using a software program, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes (or functions) described in the embodiments of the present application are implemented. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center by wired (e.g., coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) mode to another website site, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access or may contain one or more servers, data centers and other data storage devices that can be integrated with the medium. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (e.g., a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (e.g., a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (e.g., a solid state drive (SSD)), etc. In the embodiment of the present application, the computer may include the aforementioned device.

尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述,然而,在实施所要求保护的本申请过程中,本领域技术人员通过查看所述附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书,可理解并实现所述公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中,“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤,“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施,但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。Although the present application is described herein in conjunction with various embodiments, in the process of implementing the claimed application, those skilled in the art may understand and implement other variations of the disclosed embodiments by viewing the drawings, the disclosure, and the appended claims. In the claims, the word "comprising" does not exclude other components or steps, and "one" or "an" does not exclude multiple situations. A single processor or other unit may implement several functions listed in a claim. Certain measures are recorded in different dependent claims, but this does not mean that these measures cannot be combined to produce good results.

尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本申请的精神和范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。 Although the present application has been described in conjunction with specific features and embodiments thereof, it is obvious that various modifications and combinations may be made thereto without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. Accordingly, this specification and the drawings are merely exemplary illustrations of the present application as defined by the appended claims, and are deemed to have covered any and all modifications, variations, combinations or equivalents within the scope of the present application. Obviously, those skilled in the art may make various modifications and variations to the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. Thus, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalents, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (30)

一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by comprising: 接收来自第一网络设备的第一广播信息;其中,所述第一广播信息包括一个或多个同步信号块SSB和所述一个或多个SSB的配置信息;Receiving first broadcast information from a first network device; wherein the first broadcast information includes one or more synchronization signal blocks SSB and configuration information of the one or more SSBs; 根据所述第一广播信息确定所述第一网络设备的第一切换同步信号块HO-SSB和所述第一HO-SSB的配置信息,根据所述第一HO-SSB的配置信息,确定第一网络设备的第一SSB;或者,根据所述第一广播信息确定所述第一HO-SSB和所述第一HO-SSB的配置信息、以及所述第一SSB和所述第一SSB的配置信息;Determine, according to the first broadcast information, a first handover synchronization signal block HO-SSB of the first network device and configuration information of the first HO-SSB, and determine, according to the configuration information of the first HO-SSB, a first SSB of the first network device; or, determine, according to the first broadcast information, configuration information of the first HO-SSB and the first HO-SSB, and configuration information of the first SSB and the first SSB; 其中,所述第一SSB用于接入所述第一网络设备,所述第一HO-SSB用于移动性管理,所述第一HO-SSB的周期大于所述第一SSB的周期;The first SSB is used to access the first network device, the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management, and the period of the first HO-SSB is greater than the period of the first SSB; 根据所述第一SSB,接入所述第一网络设备。According to the first SSB, access the first network device. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 1, characterized in that 所述第一SSB的配置信息包括下述一种或多种:SSB索引、SSB类型、SSB模式、子载波间隔、准共址信息、是否关联系统信息块1SIB1、SSB的时域信息、SSB的频域信息、SSB的极化域信息、第一随机接入信道时机RO资源信息、或第一指示信息;The configuration information of the first SSB includes one or more of the following: SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, quasi co-location information, whether to associate system information block 1 SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first random access channel opportunity RO resource information, or first indication information; 其中,所述SSB模式用于指示所述SSB在时频域上的图案,所述准共址信息用于指示所述SSB关联的波束,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SSB为所述第一SSB或所述第一HO-SSB,所述第一RO资源用于指示所述第一网络设备的RO资源。Among them, the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency domain, the quasi-co-site information is used to indicate the beam associated with the SSB, the first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB, and the first RO resource is used to indicate the RO resource of the first network device. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that 所述第一HO-SSB的配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一基于同步信号块的测量定时配置SMTC信息、SSB索引、SSB类型、SSB模式、子载波间隔、准共址信息、是否关联SIB1、SSB的时域信息、SSB的频域信息、SSB的极化域信息、第一RO资源信息、或第一指示信息;The configuration information of the first HO-SSB includes one or more of the following: first synchronization signal block-based measurement timing configuration SMTC information, SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, quasi co-location information, whether to associate SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information; 其中,所述第一SMTC信息包括下述一种或多种:位置或时间触发的重选测量、测量优先级、参考点位置、所述第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、所述第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、所述第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、所述第一网络设备的星历信息、或所述第一HO-SSB的信号质量阈值;所述测量优先级用于确定不同领区/频点的测量次序,所述参考点位置用于位置触发的测量;The first SMTC information includes one or more of the following: location or time-triggered reselection measurement, measurement priority, reference point location, SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the first network device, or signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB; the measurement priority is used to determine the measurement order of different areas/frequency points, and the reference point location is used for location-triggered measurement; 所述SSB模式用于指示所述SSB在时频域上的图案,所述准共址信息用于指示所述SSB关联的波束,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SSB为所述第一SSB或所述第一HO-SSB,所述第一RO资源用于指示所述第一网络设备的RO资源。The SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency domain, the quasi co-location information is used to indicate the beam associated with the SSB, the first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB, and the first RO resource is used to indicate the RO resource of the first network device. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that 当所述SSB的SSB索引大于或等于下述任一SSB索引时,确定所述SSB为所述第一HO-SSB:4、8、或64;或者,When the SSB index of the SSB is greater than or equal to any of the following SSB indexes, determining that the SSB is the first HO-SSB: 4, 8, or 64; or, 当所述SSB的SSB模式不是预设SSB模式时,确定所述SSB为所述第一HO-SSB;或者,When the SSB mode of the SSB is not a preset SSB mode, determining that the SSB is the first HO-SSB; or, 当所述极化域信息为左旋圆极化或者右旋圆极化时,确定所述SSB为所述第一HO-SSB;或者,When the polarization domain information is left-hand circular polarization or right-hand circular polarization, determining that the SSB is the first HO-SSB; or, 当所述SSB的配置信息中的第一指示信息指示所述SSB为所述第一HO-SSB时,确定所述SSB为所述第一HO-SSB。When the first indication information in the configuration information of the SSB indicates that the SSB is the first HO-SSB, it is determined that the SSB is the first HO-SSB. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述SSB的配置信息,确定所述SSB包括所述第一SSB,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that, determining, according to the configuration information of the SSB, that the SSB includes the first SSB comprises: 当所述SSB的SSB索引小于下述任一SSB索引时,确定所述SSB为所述第一SSB:4、8、或64;或者,determining that the SSB is the first SSB when the SSB index of the SSB is less than any of the following SSB indexes: 4, 8, or 64; or, 当所述SSB的SSB模式为预设SSB模式时,确定所述SSB为所述第一SSB;或者,When the SSB mode of the SSB is a preset SSB mode, determining that the SSB is the first SSB; or, 当所述SSB的极化域信息为右旋圆极化或者左旋圆极化,确定所述SSB为所述第一SSB;When the polarization domain information of the SSB is right-hand circular polarization or left-hand circular polarization, determining that the SSB is the first SSB; 当所述SSB的配置信息中的第一指示信息确定所述SSB为所述第一SSB时,确定所述SSB为所述第一SSB。When the first indication information in the configuration information of the SSB determines that the SSB is the first SSB, the SSB is determined to be the first SSB. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一HO-SSB的配置信息,确定所述第一SSB,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that the determining the first SSB according to the configuration information of the first HO-SSB comprises: 根据所述第一HO-SSB的配置信息中的下述一种或多种信息确定所述第一SSB:所述第一HO-SSB的时域信息、所述第一HO-SSB的频域信息、或所述第一HO-SSB的极化域信息。The first SSB is determined according to one or more of the following information in the configuration information of the first HO-SSB: time domain information of the first HO-SSB, frequency domain information of the first HO-SSB, or polarization domain information of the first HO-SSB. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收来自所述第一网络设备的第二广播信息;其中,所述第二广播信息包括第二SMTC信息和第二RO资源信息,所述第二SMTC信息用于指示第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB,所述第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理,所述第二RO资源信息用于指示所述第二网络设备的RO资源;Receive second broadcast information from the first network device; wherein the second broadcast information includes second SMTC information and second RO resource information, the second SMTC information is used to indicate a second HO-SSB of the second network device, the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management, and the second RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resource of the second network device; 根据所述第二SMTC信息,获取所述第二HO-SSB和所述第二HO-SSB的配置信息;Acquire, according to the second SMTC information, the second HO-SSB and configuration information of the second HO-SSB; 当根据所述第二HO-SSB的信号强度确定进行小区重选或小区切换时,获取所述第二网络设备的第二SSB;其中,所述第二SSB用于接入所述第二网络设备,所述第二HO-SSB的周期大于所述第二SSB的周期;When determining to perform cell reselection or cell switching according to the signal strength of the second HO-SSB, obtaining a second SSB of the second network device; wherein the second SSB is used to access the second network device, and a period of the second HO-SSB is greater than a period of the second SSB; 基于所述第二RO资源信息,根据所述第二SSB接入所述第二网络设备。Based on the second RO resource information, access the second network device according to the second SSB. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取所述第二网络设备的第二SSB,包括:The method according to claim 7, characterized in that the obtaining the second SSB of the second network device comprises: 根据所述第二HO-SSB的配置信息中的下述一种或多种信息获取所述第二SSB:所述第二HO-SSB的时域信息、所述第二HO-SSB的频域信息、或所述第二HO-SSB的极化域信息;或者,acquiring the second SSB according to one or more of the following information in the configuration information of the second HO-SSB: time domain information of the second HO-SSB, frequency domain information of the second HO-SSB, or polarization domain information of the second HO-SSB; or, 接收来自所述第二网络设备的第三广播信息;其中,所述第三广播信息包括所述第二SSB和所述第二SSB的配置信息。Receive third broadcast information from the second network device; wherein the third broadcast information includes configuration information of the second SSB and the second SSB. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收来自所述第一网络设备的一个或多个SSB和每个SSB关联的无线资源控制RRC配置信息;其中,所述一个或多个SSB包括下述一种或多种:所述第一SSB、或所述第一HO-SSB;所述第一SSB关联的RRC配置信息包括所述第一SSB的配置信息,所述第一HO-SSB关联的RRC配置信息包括所述第一HO-SSB的配置信息;Receive one or more SSBs and radio resource control RRC configuration information associated with each SSB from the first network device; wherein the one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: the first SSB or the first HO-SSB; the RRC configuration information associated with the first SSB includes configuration information of the first SSB, and the RRC configuration information associated with the first HO-SSB includes configuration information of the first HO-SSB; 向所述第一网络设备发送测量结果和终端设备的位置信息;其中,所述测量结果用于指示下述一种或多种:所述第一SSB的信号强度、或所述第一HO-SSB的信号强度。Sending measurement results and location information of the terminal device to the first network device; wherein the measurement results are used to indicate one or more of the following: the signal strength of the first SSB, or the signal strength of the first HO-SSB. 根据权利要求7-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 7 to 9, characterized in that the method further comprises: 根据所述第二HO-SSB,与所述第二网络设备进行下行同步。According to the second HO-SSB, downlink synchronization is performed with the second network device. 根据权利要求7-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 7 to 10, characterized in that the method further comprises: 根据所述第二SMTC信息,接收来自所述第二网络设备的定时信息;receiving timing information from the second network device according to the second SMTC information; 根据所述定时信息,与所述第二网络设备进行上行同步。Perform uplink synchronization with the second network device according to the timing information. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by comprising: 发送第一广播信息;其中,所述第一广播信息包括一个或多个同步信号块SSB和每个SSB的配置信息;Sending first broadcast information; wherein the first broadcast information includes one or more synchronization signal blocks SSB and configuration information of each SSB; 所述一个或多个SSB包括下述一种或多种:第一网络设备的第一SSB、或所述第一网络设备的第一切换同步信号块HO-SS,所述第一SSB用于接入所述第一网络设备,所述第一HO-SSB用于移动性管理,所述第一HO-SSB的周期大于所述第一SSB的周期;The one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: a first SSB of a first network device, or a first handover synchronization signal block HO-SS of the first network device, the first SSB is used to access the first network device, the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management, and a period of the first HO-SSB is greater than a period of the first SSB; 所述SSB的配置信息包括下述一种或多种:所述第一SSB的配置信息、或所述第一HO-SSB的配置信息。The configuration information of the SSB includes one or more of the following: configuration information of the first SSB, or configuration information of the first HO-SSB. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 12, characterized in that 所述第一SSB的配置信息包括下述一种或多种:SSB索引、SSB类型、SSB模式、子载波间隔、准共址信息、是否关联系统信息块1SIB1、SSB的时域信息、SSB的频域信息、SSB的极化域信息、第一随机接入信道时机RO资源信息、或第一指示信息;The configuration information of the first SSB includes one or more of the following: SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, quasi co-location information, whether to associate system information block 1 SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first random access channel opportunity RO resource information, or first indication information; 其中,所述SSB模式用于指示所述SSB在时频域上的图案,所述准共址信息用于指示所述SSB关联的波束,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SSB为所述第一SSB或所述第一HO-SSB,所述第一RO资源用于指示所述第一网络设备的RO资源。Among them, the SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency domain, the quasi-co-site information is used to indicate the beam associated with the SSB, the first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB, and the first RO resource is used to indicate the RO resource of the first network device. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 12 or 13, characterized in that 所述第一HO-SSB的配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第一基于同步信号块的测量定时配置SMTC信息、SSB索引、SSB类型、SSB模式、子载波间隔、准共址信息、是否关联SIB1、SSB的时域信息、SSB的频域信息、SSB的极化域信息、第一RO资源信息、或第一指示信息;The configuration information of the first HO-SSB includes one or more of the following: first synchronization signal block-based measurement timing configuration SMTC information, SSB index, SSB type, SSB mode, subcarrier spacing, quasi co-location information, whether to associate SIB1, time domain information of SSB, frequency domain information of SSB, polarization domain information of SSB, first RO resource information, or first indication information; 其中,所述第一SMTC信息包括下述一种或多种:位置或时间触发的重选测量、测量优先级、参考点位置、所述第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、所述第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、所述第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、所述第一网络设备的星历信息、或所述第一HO-SSB的信号质量阈值;所述测量优先级用于确定不同邻区/频点的测量次序,所述参考点位置用于位置触发的测量;The first SMTC information includes one or more of the following: location or time-triggered reselection measurement, measurement priority, reference point location, SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the first network device, or signal quality threshold of the first HO-SSB; the measurement priority is used to determine the measurement order of different neighboring cells/frequency points, and the reference point location is used for location-triggered measurement; 所述SSB模式用于指示所述SSB在时频域上的图案,所述准共址信息用于指示所述SSB关联的波束,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述SSB为所述第一SSB或所述第一HO-SSB,所述第一RO资源用于指示所述第一网络设备的RO资源。The SSB mode is used to indicate the pattern of the SSB in the time and frequency domain, the quasi co-location information is used to indicate the beam associated with the SSB, the first indication information is used to indicate that the SSB is the first SSB or the first HO-SSB, and the first RO resource is used to indicate the RO resource of the first network device. 根据权利要求12-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 14, characterized in that the method further comprises: 向第二网络设备发送第一配置信息;其中,所述第一配置信息包括下述一种或多种:所述第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、所述第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、所述第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、所述第一网络设备的星历信息、第一RO资源信息、无线网络临时鉴定RNTI、或不同时间段对应的接入资源配置;所述第一RO资源信息用于指示所述第一网络设备的RO资源,所述RNTI用于分区不同的终端设备。Send first configuration information to the second network device; wherein the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: the SMTC period associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, the SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, the ephemeris information of the first network device, the first RO resource information, the wireless network temporary identification RNTI, or the access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; the first RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the first network device, and the RNTI is used to partition different terminal devices. 根据权利要求12-15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 15, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收来自所述第二网络设备的第二配置信息;其中,所述第二配置信息包括下述一种或多种:所述第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、所述第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、所述第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、所述第二网络设备的星历信息、第二RO资源信息、RNTI、或不同时间段对应的接入资源配置;所述第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理;所述第二RO资源信息用于指示所述第二网络设备的RO资源;Receive second configuration information from the second network device; wherein the second configuration information includes one or more of the following: an SMTC period associated with a second HO-SSB of the second network device, an SMTC duration associated with the second HO-SSB, an SMTC offset associated with the second HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the second network device, second RO resource information, RNTI, or access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management; the second RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the second network device; 根据所述第二配置信息确定第二SMTC信息;其中,所述第二SMTC信息用于指示所述第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB。Determine second SMTC information according to the second configuration information; wherein the second SMTC information is used to indicate a second HO-SSB of the second network device. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第二配置信息确定第二SMTC信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 16, characterized in that after determining the second SMTC information according to the second configuration information, the method further comprises: 发送第二广播信息;其中,所述第二广播信息包括所述第二SMTC信息和所述第二RO资源信息。Sending second broadcast information; wherein the second broadcast information includes the second SMTC information and the second RO resource information. 根据权利要求12-17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 17, characterized in that the method further comprises: 向所述终端设备发送一个或多个SSB和每个SSB关联的无线资源控制RRC配置信息;其中,所述一个或多个SSB包括下述一种或多种:所述第一SSB、或所述第一HO-SSB;所述第一SSB关联的RRC配置信息包括所述第一SSB的配置信息,所述第一HO-SSB关联的RRC配置信息包括所述第一HO-SSB的配置信息。Send one or more SSBs and radio resource control RRC configuration information associated with each SSB to the terminal device; wherein the one or more SSBs include one or more of the following: the first SSB, or the first HO-SSB; the RRC configuration information associated with the first SSB includes the configuration information of the first SSB, and the RRC configuration information associated with the first HO-SSB includes the configuration information of the first HO-SSB. 根据权利要求12-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 18, characterized in that the method further comprises: 向所述第二网络设备发送第三配置信息;其中,所述第三配置信息包括下述一种或多种:所述第一HO-SSB模式、所述第一HO-SSB的时域信息、所述第一HO-SSB的频点信息、所述第一HO-SSB的极化域信息、所述第一HO-SSB周期、或所述第一HO-SSB持续时间。Send third configuration information to the second network device; wherein the third configuration information includes one or more of the following: the first HO-SSB mode, the time domain information of the first HO-SSB, the frequency information of the first HO-SSB, the polarization domain information of the first HO-SSB, the first HO-SSB period, or the first HO-SSB duration. 根据权利要求12-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 19, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收来自所述第二网络设备的第四配置信息;其中,所述第四配置信息包括下述一种或多种:所述第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB模式、所述第二HO-SSB的时域信息、所述第二HO-SSB的频点信息、所述第二HO-SSB的极化域信息、所述第二HO-SSB周期、或所述第二HO-SSB持续时间;所述第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理;receiving fourth configuration information from the second network device; wherein the fourth configuration information includes one or more of the following: a second HO-SSB mode of the second network device, time domain information of the second HO-SSB, frequency information of the second HO-SSB, polarization domain information of the second HO-SSB, the second HO-SSB period, or the second HO-SSB duration; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management; 根据所述第四配置信息,调整所述第一HO-SSB占用的时频资源。According to the fourth configuration information, adjust the time and frequency resources occupied by the first HO-SSB. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by comprising: 接收来自第一网络设备的第一配置信息;其中,所述第一配置信息包括下述一种或多种:所述第一网络设备的第一切换同步信号块HO-SSB关联的基于同步信号块的测量定时配置SMTC周期、所述第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、所述第一HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、所述第一网络设备的星历信息、第一随机接入信道时机RO资源信息、无线网络临时鉴定RNTI、或不同时间段对应的接入资源配置;所述第一RO资源信息用于指示所述第一网络设备的RO资源;所述RNTI用于分区不同的终端设备;所述第一HO-SSB用于移动性管理;Receive first configuration information from a first network device; wherein the first configuration information includes one or more of the following: a measurement timing configuration SMTC period based on a synchronization signal block associated with a first handover synchronization signal block HO-SSB of the first network device, an SMTC duration associated with the first HO-SSB, an SMTC offset associated with the first HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the first network device, first random access channel opportunity RO resource information, a wireless network temporary identification RNTI, or access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods; the first RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the first network device; the RNTI is used to partition different terminal devices; the first HO-SSB is used for mobility management; 根据所述第一配置信息确定第一SMTC信息;其中,所述第一SMTC信息用于指示所述第一网络设备的第一HO-SSB。 Determine first SMTC information according to the first configuration information; wherein the first SMTC information is used to indicate a first HO-SSB of the first network device. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 21, characterized in that the method further comprises: 向所述第一网络设备发送第二配置信息;其中,所述第二配置信息包括下述一种或多种:第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC周期、所述第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC持续时间、所述第二HO-SSB关联的SMTC偏移、所述第二网络设备的星历信息、不同时间段对应的接入资源配置、第二RO资源信息、或RNTI;所述第二RO资源信息用于指示所述第二网络设备的RO资源;所述第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理。Send second configuration information to the first network device; wherein the second configuration information includes one or more of the following: an SMTC period associated with a second HO-SSB of the second network device, an SMTC duration associated with the second HO-SSB, an SMTC offset associated with the second HO-SSB, ephemeris information of the second network device, access resource configuration corresponding to different time periods, second RO resource information, or RNTI; the second RO resource information is used to indicate the RO resources of the second network device; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 21 or 22, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收来自所述第一网络设备的第三配置信息;其中,所述第三配置信息包括下述一种或多种:所述第一HO-SSB模式、所述第一HO-SSB的时域信息、所述第一HO-SSB的频点信息、所述第一HO-SSB的极化域信息、所述第一HO-SSB周期、或所述第一HO-SSB持续时间;receiving third configuration information from the first network device; wherein the third configuration information includes one or more of the following: the first HO-SSB mode, time domain information of the first HO-SSB, frequency information of the first HO-SSB, polarization domain information of the first HO-SSB, the first HO-SSB period, or the first HO-SSB duration; 根据所述第三配置信息,调整所述第二HO-SSB占用的时频资源。According to the third configuration information, adjust the time and frequency resources occupied by the second HO-SSB. 根据权利要求21-23任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 21 to 23, characterized in that the method further comprises: 向所述第一网络设备发送第四配置信息;其中,所述第四配置信息包括下述一种或多种:所述第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB模式、所述第二HO-SSB的时域信息、所述第二HO-SSB的频点信息、所述第二HO-SSB的极化域信息、所述第二HO-SSB周期、或所述第二HO-SSB持续时间;所述第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理。Send fourth configuration information to the first network device; wherein the fourth configuration information includes one or more of the following: a second HO-SSB mode of the second network device, time domain information of the second HO-SSB, frequency information of the second HO-SSB, polarization domain information of the second HO-SSB, the second HO-SSB period, or the second HO-SSB duration; the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management. 根据权利要求22-24任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 22 to 24, characterized in that the method further comprises: 根据所述第二HO-SSB,与所述终端设备进行下行同步。According to the second HO-SSB, downlink synchronization is performed with the terminal device. 根据权利要求21-25任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 21 to 25, characterized in that the method further comprises: 根据所述第二SMTC信息,向所述终端设备发送定时信息;其中,所述第二SMTC信息用于指示所述第二网络设备的第二HO-SSB;所述第二HO-SSB用于移动性管理;Sending timing information to the terminal device according to the second SMTC information; wherein the second SMTC information is used to indicate a second HO-SSB of the second network device; and the second HO-SSB is used for mobility management; 根据所述定时信息,与所述终端设备进行上行同步。Perform uplink synchronization with the terminal device according to the timing information. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括处理器;所述处理器,用于运行计算机程序或指令,或者用于通过逻辑电路,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-11任一项所述的通信方法,或者,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求12-20任一项所述的通信方法,或者,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求21-26任一项所述的通信方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes a processor; the processor is used to run a computer program or instruction, or to use a logic circuit to enable the communication device to execute the communication method as described in any one of claims 1 to 11, or to enable the communication device to execute the communication method as described in any one of claims 12 to 20, or to enable the communication device to execute the communication method as described in any one of claims 21 to 26. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机指令或程序,当计算机指令或程序在计算机上运行时,使得如权利要求1-11任一项所述的通信方法,或者,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求12-20任一项所述的通信方法,或者,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求21-26任一项所述的通信方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores computer instructions or programs, which, when executed on a computer, enable the communication method as described in any one of claims 1 to 11, or enable the communication device to execute the communication method as described in any one of claims 12 to 20, or enable the communication device to execute the communication method as described in any one of claims 21 to 26. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机指令;当部分或全部所述计算机指令被运行时,使得如权利要求1-11任一项所述的通信方法,或者,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求12-20任一项所述的通信方法,或者,以使所述通信装置执行如权利要求21-26任一项所述的通信方法。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes computer instructions; when part or all of the computer instructions are executed, the communication method as described in any one of claims 1 to 11 is performed, or the communication device is executed as described in any one of claims 12 to 20, or the communication device is executed as described in any one of claims 21 to 26. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,所述通信系统包括终端设备、第一网络设备和第二网老设备;其中,所述终端设备用于执行如权利要求1-11任一项所述的通信方法,所述第一网络设备用于执行如权利要求12-20任一项所述的通信方法,所述第二网络设备用于执行如权利要求21-26任一项所述的通信方法。 A communication system, characterized in that the communication system includes a terminal device, a first network device and a second network device; wherein the terminal device is used to execute the communication method as described in any one of claims 1-11, the first network device is used to execute the communication method as described in any one of claims 12-20, and the second network device is used to execute the communication method as described in any one of claims 21-26.
PCT/CN2024/104663 2023-07-25 2024-07-10 Communication method and apparatus Pending WO2025020923A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202310927355.4 2023-07-25
CN202310927355.4A CN119383683A (en) 2023-07-25 2023-07-25 Communication method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025020923A1 true WO2025020923A1 (en) 2025-01-30

Family

ID=94334423

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2024/104663 Pending WO2025020923A1 (en) 2023-07-25 2024-07-10 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN119383683A (en)
WO (1) WO2025020923A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110972289A (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-07 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for Radio Resource Management (RRM) measurement
WO2020076220A1 (en) * 2018-10-08 2020-04-16 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) User equipment, network node and methods therein for handling a moving radio access network
US20220061004A1 (en) * 2020-08-21 2022-02-24 Nokia Technologies Oy Neighbour cell measuring
CN116097807A (en) * 2020-07-31 2023-05-09 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Measurement method, terminal equipment and network equipment

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110972289A (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-07 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for Radio Resource Management (RRM) measurement
WO2020076220A1 (en) * 2018-10-08 2020-04-16 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) User equipment, network node and methods therein for handling a moving radio access network
CN116097807A (en) * 2020-07-31 2023-05-09 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Measurement method, terminal equipment and network equipment
US20220061004A1 (en) * 2020-08-21 2022-02-24 Nokia Technologies Oy Neighbour cell measuring

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MEDIATEK INC.: "Summary #2 of 8.4.4 Other Aspects of NR-NTN", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2009487, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), 5 November 2020 (2020-11-05), XP051952043 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN119383683A (en) 2025-01-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN111565428B (en) Cell reselection method and device
EP3761696A1 (en) Radio terminal, base station, and method therefor
US20140335882A1 (en) Method for configuring dual connectivity
US20240214879A1 (en) Physical cell identity collision resolution for wireless networks
US20220394604A1 (en) Method for providing network slice, and communication apparatus
CN105393622B (en) Scheduling method and device for user equipment
CN114339958B (en) Network access method, network access device, terminal and network side equipment
CN114175713A (en) Communication method and device
US12225416B2 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN114375040A (en) Partial bandwidth switching method, device and system
TW202031065A (en) Communication device, communication method, and program
US11044701B2 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
JP2023540639A (en) Network switching methods, devices and equipment
CN117693957A (en) Measurement position determination method, terminal equipment, chip and storage medium
US20250374072A1 (en) Method and apparatus for wireless communication
WO2024239232A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2023109575A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023130221A1 (en) Communication method, terminal device, and network device
US20200059789A1 (en) Device and method for assigning subframes as blank subframes
WO2025020923A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
EP4236453A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device, terminal and storage medium
WO2024031479A1 (en) Wireless communication method, user equipment and network device
WO2022137473A1 (en) Network node, base station, and communication method
WO2024061077A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024245164A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24844617

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1